1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "dummy-frame.h"
66 #include "gdbsupport/format.h"
67 #include "thread-fsm.h"
68 #include "tid-parse.h"
69 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
71 /* readline include files */
72 #include "readline/tilde.h"
74 /* readline defines this. */
77 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
78 #include "extension.h"
80 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
81 #include "gdbsupport/array-view.h"
82 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
84 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
86 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
87 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
89 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
92 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
93 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
94 enum bptype type_wanted
);
96 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
97 struct linespec_result
*,
98 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
99 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
101 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
103 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
104 int, int, int, unsigned);
106 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
107 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
108 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
110 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
111 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
113 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
115 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
117 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
118 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
119 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
121 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
123 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
124 struct symtab_and_line
,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
128 static struct breakpoint
*
129 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
131 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
134 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
136 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
140 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
141 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
142 struct obj_section
*, int);
144 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
145 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
147 static int breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
148 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
149 bool sw_hw_bps_match
= false);
151 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
152 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
155 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
156 const address_space
*,
159 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
160 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
162 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
164 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
166 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
170 int *other_type_used
);
172 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
175 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
176 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
177 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
179 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
181 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
182 insert locations now. */
183 enum ugll_insert_mode
185 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
186 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
187 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
188 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
189 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
190 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
191 returns true on them.
193 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
194 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
195 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
196 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
197 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
198 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
202 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
203 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
206 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
207 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
208 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
209 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
210 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
211 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
212 as no thread is running yet. */
216 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
218 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
220 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
222 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
224 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
226 static bool is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
228 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
230 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
233 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
235 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
236 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
237 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
238 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
240 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
241 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
243 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
244 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
246 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
248 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
250 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
251 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
253 /* Tracepoints set on probes. */
254 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
256 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
257 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
259 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
260 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
261 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
262 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
263 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
264 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
266 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
267 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
268 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
269 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
275 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
277 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
278 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
279 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
280 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
282 static char *dprintf_function
;
284 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
285 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
286 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
287 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
288 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
289 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
290 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
292 static char *dprintf_channel
;
294 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
296 static bool disconnected_dprintf
= true;
298 struct command_line
*
299 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
301 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
304 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
305 current breakpoint. */
307 static bool breakpoint_proceeded
;
310 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
312 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
313 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
315 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
317 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
320 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
321 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
322 if such is available. */
323 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
326 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
327 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
330 fprintf_filtered (file
,
331 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
332 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
336 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
337 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
338 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
339 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
340 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
342 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
343 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
346 fprintf_filtered (file
,
347 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
348 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
352 /* If true, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
353 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
354 If false, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
355 use hardware breakpoints. */
356 static bool automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
358 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
359 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
362 fprintf_filtered (file
,
363 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
367 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
368 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
369 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
370 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
371 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
372 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
373 processing user input. */
374 static bool always_inserted_mode
= false;
377 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
378 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
380 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
384 /* See breakpoint.h. */
387 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
389 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
391 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
392 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
393 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
398 if (always_inserted_mode
)
400 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
405 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
406 if (inf
->has_execution ()
407 && threads_are_executing (inf
->process_target ()))
410 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
411 stopped, we still have events to process. */
412 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
414 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
420 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
422 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
423 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
424 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
425 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
426 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
427 condition_evaluation_auto
,
428 condition_evaluation_host
,
429 condition_evaluation_target
,
433 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
434 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
436 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
437 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
438 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
440 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
441 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
442 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
446 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
448 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
450 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
451 return condition_evaluation_target
;
453 return condition_evaluation_host
;
459 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
462 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
464 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
467 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
471 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
473 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
475 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
478 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
479 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
481 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
482 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
484 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
485 bool target_exact_watchpoints
= false;
487 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
488 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
489 current breakpoint. */
491 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
493 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
494 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
495 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
498 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
499 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
500 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
502 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
503 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
504 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
507 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
508 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
509 to where the loop should start from.
510 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
511 appropriate location to start with. */
513 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
514 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
515 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
517 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
518 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
521 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
523 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
524 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
525 if (is_tracepoint (B))
527 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
529 static struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
531 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_is_less_than - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
533 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
535 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
537 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
539 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
540 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
541 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
542 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
543 an address you need to read. */
545 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
547 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
548 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
549 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
550 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
551 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
553 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
555 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
556 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
557 reported by a target. */
558 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
560 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
562 static int breakpoint_count
;
564 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
565 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
566 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
567 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
568 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
570 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
572 static int tracepoint_count
;
574 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
575 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
576 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
578 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
581 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
584 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
588 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
595 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
597 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
599 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
602 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
605 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
607 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
608 breakpoint_count
= num
;
609 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
612 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
613 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
614 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
616 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
619 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
621 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
624 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
627 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
629 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
632 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
635 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
637 struct breakpoint
*b
;
644 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
645 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
648 get_breakpoint (int num
)
650 struct breakpoint
*b
;
653 if (b
->number
== num
)
661 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
662 evaluating conditions on its side. */
665 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
667 struct bp_location
*loc
;
669 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
670 evaluating conditions and if the user has
671 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
673 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
674 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
677 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
680 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
681 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
684 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
685 evaluating conditions on its side. */
688 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
690 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
691 evaluating conditions and if the user has
692 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
694 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
695 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
699 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
702 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
705 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
706 condition_evaluation_mode. */
709 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
710 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
712 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
714 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
715 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
717 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
718 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
719 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
723 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
724 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
726 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
727 settings was "auto". */
728 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
730 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
731 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
733 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
734 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
735 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
737 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
738 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
741 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
743 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
745 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
746 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
750 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
751 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
752 target knows about. */
753 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
754 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
755 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
759 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
765 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
766 what "auto" is translating to. */
769 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
770 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
772 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
773 fprintf_filtered (file
,
774 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
775 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
777 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
779 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
783 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
784 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
785 the more general bp_location_is_less_than function. */
788 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
790 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
791 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
793 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
796 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
799 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
800 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
801 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
804 static struct bp_location
**
805 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
807 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
808 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
809 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
811 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
812 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
814 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
815 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
816 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
817 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
818 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
820 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
821 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
824 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
825 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
826 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
827 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
834 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
839 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
840 b
->cond_string
= nullptr;
842 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
843 static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
)->cond_exp
.reset ();
846 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= nullptr; loc
= loc
->next
)
850 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
851 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
852 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
857 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
861 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
863 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
864 const char *arg
= exp
;
865 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
867 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
868 watchpoint
*w
= static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
);
869 w
->cond_exp
= std::move (new_exp
);
870 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
874 /* Parse and set condition expressions. We make two passes.
875 In the first, we parse the condition string to see if it
876 is valid in all locations. If so, the condition would be
877 accepted. So we go ahead and set the locations'
878 conditions. In case a failing case is found, we throw
879 the error and the condition string will be rejected.
880 This two-pass approach is taken to avoid setting the
881 state of locations in case of a reject. */
882 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= nullptr; loc
= loc
->next
)
884 const char *arg
= exp
;
885 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
886 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
888 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
891 /* If we reach here, the condition is valid at all locations. */
892 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= nullptr; loc
= loc
->next
)
894 const char *arg
= exp
;
896 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
897 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
901 /* We know that the new condition parsed successfully. The
902 condition string of the breakpoint can be safely updated. */
903 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
904 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (exp
);
905 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
907 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
909 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
912 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
915 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
916 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
917 const char *text
, const char *word
)
921 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
922 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
926 struct breakpoint
*b
;
930 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
931 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
932 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
936 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
943 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
945 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
946 tracker
.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number
));
952 /* We're completing the expression part. */
953 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
954 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
957 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
960 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
962 struct breakpoint
*b
;
967 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
970 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
972 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
975 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
977 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
978 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
979 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
980 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
981 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
985 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
986 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
987 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
989 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
991 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
992 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
997 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1000 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1001 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1002 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1005 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1007 struct command_line
*c
;
1009 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1011 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1012 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1013 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1015 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1016 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1018 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1019 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1020 command directly. */
1021 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1022 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1024 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1025 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1029 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1031 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1034 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1037 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1039 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1040 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1041 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1045 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1047 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1050 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1053 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1055 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1058 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1061 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1062 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1066 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1067 b
= new tracepoint ();
1068 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1069 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1071 b
= new breakpoint ();
1073 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1076 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1077 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1081 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1082 struct command_line
*commands
)
1084 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1086 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1087 struct command_line
*c
;
1088 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1090 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1091 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1095 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1096 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1097 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1098 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1099 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1100 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1101 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1102 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1103 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1104 tracepoint's context. */
1105 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1107 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1109 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1110 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1111 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1112 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1113 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1114 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1117 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1118 "can be used only once"));
1123 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1127 struct command_line
*c2
;
1129 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1130 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1131 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1133 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1134 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1140 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1144 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1145 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1147 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1148 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1150 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1151 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1152 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1155 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1157 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1158 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1159 found
.push_back (b
);
1165 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1166 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1169 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1170 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1172 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1174 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1175 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1178 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1179 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1183 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1185 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1188 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1189 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1192 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1193 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1196 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1198 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1201 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1202 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1205 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1206 breakpoint work for any task. */
1209 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1211 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1214 if (old_task
!= task
)
1215 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1219 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1220 struct command_line
*control
)
1222 counted_command_line cmd
;
1223 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1224 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1225 list of command by just typing "end". */
1226 bool cmd_read
= false;
1228 std::string new_arg
;
1230 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1232 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1233 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1235 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1236 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1237 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1240 map_breakpoint_numbers
1241 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1245 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1246 if (control
!= NULL
)
1247 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1251 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1252 "%s, one per line."),
1255 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1257 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1259 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1260 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1261 validator
= do_validate
;
1263 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1268 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1270 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1272 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1274 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1280 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1282 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1285 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1286 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1288 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1289 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1290 enum command_control_type
1291 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1293 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1294 return simple_control
;
1297 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1300 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1302 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1306 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1307 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1312 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1313 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1316 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1317 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1318 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1321 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1322 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1323 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1324 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1325 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1327 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1328 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1332 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1333 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1335 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1339 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1341 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1342 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1344 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1346 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1351 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1353 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1358 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1359 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1361 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1362 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1363 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1367 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1369 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1370 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1373 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1375 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1376 shadow_contents buffer. */
1377 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1378 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1379 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1381 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1383 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1384 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1388 const unsigned char *bp
;
1389 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1392 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1393 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1394 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1396 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1398 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1400 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1401 breakpoint's INSN. */
1402 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1406 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1407 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1409 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1410 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1411 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1413 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1414 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1415 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1416 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1417 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1418 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1419 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1420 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1422 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1425 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1426 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1427 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1429 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1431 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1433 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1434 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1435 report higher one. */
1438 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1439 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1441 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1443 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1444 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1446 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1447 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1448 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1449 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1451 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1452 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1453 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1455 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1457 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1464 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1465 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1466 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1467 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1468 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1471 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1473 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1474 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1475 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1478 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1481 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1483 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1485 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1487 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1488 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1489 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1492 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1495 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1496 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1497 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1500 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1503 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1504 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1508 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1511 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1513 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1514 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1515 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1518 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1521 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1523 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1524 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1525 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1528 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1531 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1533 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1534 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1537 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1538 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1539 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1540 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1541 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1542 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1543 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1544 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1547 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1549 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1550 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1551 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1552 && !inferior_thread ()->executing
)));
1555 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1556 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1559 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1561 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1563 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1564 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1565 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1566 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1567 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1569 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1572 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1575 static struct value
*
1576 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1578 struct value
*bit_val
;
1583 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1585 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1588 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1595 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1596 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1597 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1598 to be able to report stops. */
1601 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1602 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1604 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1606 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1607 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1608 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1609 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1612 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1613 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1616 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1618 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1620 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1621 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1622 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1625 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1626 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1627 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1628 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1630 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1632 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1633 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1636 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1637 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1638 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1639 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1640 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1641 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1642 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1643 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1645 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1646 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1647 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1648 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1649 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1650 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1651 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1652 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1655 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1656 hardware watchpoints:
1658 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1659 called several times when GDB stops.
1662 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1663 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1664 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1665 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1666 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1667 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1668 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1669 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1670 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1671 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1672 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1674 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1675 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1678 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1680 int within_current_scope
;
1681 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1684 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1685 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1686 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1687 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1690 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1695 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1696 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1697 within_current_scope
= 1;
1700 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1701 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1702 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1704 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1705 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1706 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1707 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1708 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1711 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1712 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1713 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1714 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1717 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1719 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1720 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1721 if (within_current_scope
)
1725 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1726 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1727 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1730 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1735 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1736 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1737 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1738 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1739 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1740 be completely different objects. */
1742 b
->val_valid
= false;
1744 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1745 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1746 locations (re)created below. */
1747 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1749 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1752 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1756 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1757 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1758 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1759 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1760 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1761 if (!target_has_execution
)
1763 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1764 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1765 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1766 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1768 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1769 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1771 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1772 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1775 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1778 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1779 struct value
*v
, *result
;
1780 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1782 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1784 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1785 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1786 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1787 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1788 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1790 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1792 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1793 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1794 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1795 b
->val_valid
= true;
1798 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1800 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1801 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1802 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1806 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1807 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1808 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1809 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1810 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1811 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1812 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1814 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1816 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1817 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1818 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1820 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1821 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1824 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1825 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1826 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1828 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1830 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1832 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1833 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1835 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1837 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1838 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1839 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1840 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1841 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1844 addr
= value_address (v
);
1847 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1852 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1854 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1857 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1858 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1861 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1863 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1864 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1868 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1869 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1872 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1874 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1879 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1880 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1881 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1886 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1887 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1889 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1893 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1896 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1897 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1898 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1900 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1901 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1902 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1903 this watchpoint in as well. */
1905 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1906 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1907 hardware watchpoint type. */
1909 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1910 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1912 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1913 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1914 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1915 through watch_command), so always account for it
1918 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1919 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1921 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1922 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
1925 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1926 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1928 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
1930 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1931 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1932 "hardware watchpoint."));
1933 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1934 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1935 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1937 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1938 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1942 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1943 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1944 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1949 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1951 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1952 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1953 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1955 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1956 "read/access watchpoint."));
1959 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1961 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1962 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1963 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1964 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1967 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1968 above left it without any location set up. But,
1969 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1970 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1971 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1972 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
1974 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1976 printf_filtered (_("\
1977 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1978 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1980 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1983 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1985 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1989 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1990 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1991 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1992 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1993 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1995 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1997 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2000 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2003 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2006 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2009 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2010 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2011 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2012 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2013 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2014 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2015 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2016 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2017 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2020 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2021 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2022 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2024 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2025 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2026 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2028 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2029 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2030 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2031 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2032 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2033 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2034 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2035 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2036 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2040 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2041 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2042 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2043 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2048 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2049 instruction that triggered one. */
2050 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2051 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2055 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2056 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2057 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2058 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2067 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2068 that the location is not duplicated. */
2071 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2074 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2077 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2078 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2082 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2083 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2084 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2085 any error during parsing. */
2087 static agent_expr_up
2088 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2093 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2095 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2096 that may show up. */
2099 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2102 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2104 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2105 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2106 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2109 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2113 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2114 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2115 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2116 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2117 one of them is true. */
2120 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2122 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2123 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2124 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2125 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2127 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2128 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2130 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2131 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2132 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2134 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2135 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2138 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2139 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent
2140 expression bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to
2141 send conditions to the target since this location will always
2142 trigger and generate a response back to GDB. Note we consider
2143 all locations at the same address irrespective of type, i.e.,
2144 even if the locations aren't considered duplicates (e.g.,
2145 software breakpoint and hardware breakpoint at the same
2147 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2150 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2154 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2155 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2156 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2157 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2158 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2162 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2163 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2164 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2166 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2172 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2173 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2174 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2176 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2177 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2178 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2180 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2183 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2185 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2187 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2190 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2195 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a
2196 condition list for this location's address. If we have software
2197 and hardware locations at the same address, they aren't
2198 considered duplicates, but we still marge all the conditions
2199 anyway, as it's simpler, and doesn't really make a practical
2201 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2205 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2206 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2207 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2210 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2211 to send the conditions to the target. */
2212 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2219 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2220 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2221 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2223 static agent_expr_up
2224 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2226 const char *cmdrest
;
2227 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2228 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2235 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2237 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2239 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2240 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2242 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2244 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2246 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2248 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2249 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2251 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2253 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2254 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2256 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2258 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2260 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2262 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2263 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2268 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2269 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2271 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2275 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2277 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2278 that may show up. */
2281 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2282 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2283 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2285 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2287 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2288 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2289 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2292 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2296 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2297 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2298 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2301 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2303 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2304 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2305 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2306 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2308 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2309 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2311 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2314 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2315 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2318 /* For now, if we have any location at the same address that isn't a
2319 dprintf, don't install the target-side commands, as that would
2320 make the breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2322 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2325 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2326 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2327 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2331 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2332 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2333 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2334 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2335 response back to GDB. */
2336 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2339 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2343 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2344 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2345 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2346 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2348 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2349 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2352 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2353 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2354 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2356 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2362 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2364 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2366 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2369 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2370 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2372 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2374 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2377 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2382 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command
2383 list for all duplicate locations at this location's address.
2384 Note that here we must care for whether the breakpoint location
2385 types are considered duplicates, otherwise, say, if we have a
2386 software and hardware location at the same address, the target
2387 could end up running the commands twice. For the moment, we only
2388 support targets-side commands with dprintf, but it doesn't hurt
2389 to be pedantically correct in case that changes. */
2390 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2393 if (breakpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
)
2394 && loc
->owner
->extra_string
2395 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2396 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2397 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2400 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2401 to send the commands to the target. */
2402 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2406 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2407 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2408 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2409 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2412 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2413 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2414 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2418 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2420 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2422 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2423 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2425 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2427 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2431 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2434 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2435 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2436 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2437 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2440 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2441 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2443 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2444 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2445 int *disabled_breaks
,
2446 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2447 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2449 gdb_exception bp_excpt
;
2451 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2454 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2455 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2456 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2457 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2458 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2459 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2460 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2461 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2462 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2463 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2464 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2465 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2467 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2468 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2469 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2470 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2472 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2474 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2475 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2476 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2477 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2480 /* If "set breakpoint auto-hw" is "on" and a software breakpoint was
2481 set at a read-only address, then a breakpoint location will have
2482 been changed to hardware breakpoint before we get here. If it is
2483 "off" however, error out before actually trying to insert the
2484 breakpoint, with a nicer error message. */
2485 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2486 && !automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2488 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
2490 if (mr
!= nullptr && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2492 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2493 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2494 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2495 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2497 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2502 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2503 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2505 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2506 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2507 || bl
->section
== NULL
2508 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2510 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2515 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2517 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2519 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2521 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2526 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2527 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2528 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2530 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2531 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2532 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2533 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2534 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2538 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2540 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2541 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2542 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2544 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2549 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2550 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2551 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2552 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2553 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2556 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2558 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2560 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2563 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2564 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2565 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2566 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2570 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2571 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2573 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2578 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2580 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2582 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2584 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2589 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2590 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2595 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2597 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2599 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2600 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2601 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2602 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2603 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2604 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2605 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2606 errors as memory errors. */
2607 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2608 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2609 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2610 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2611 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2612 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2615 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2616 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2617 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2618 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2620 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2621 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2623 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2624 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2625 "library breakpoints:\n");
2627 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2628 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2629 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2634 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2636 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2637 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2638 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2639 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2641 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2642 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2643 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2648 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2651 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2652 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2654 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2655 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2657 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2661 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2662 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2677 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2678 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2679 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2680 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2684 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2685 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2687 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2689 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2690 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2691 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2693 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2695 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2696 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2698 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2700 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2701 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2705 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2706 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2713 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2714 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2717 /* Back to the original value. */
2718 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2722 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2725 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2729 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2730 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2732 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2735 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2739 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2740 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2742 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2745 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2747 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2748 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2749 so just return success. */
2756 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2757 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2761 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2763 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2764 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2766 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2767 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2769 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2770 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2773 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2774 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2775 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2777 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2779 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2781 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2782 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2783 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2785 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2786 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2788 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2794 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2795 removed locations above. */
2796 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2799 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2800 Throws exception on any error.
2801 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2802 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2804 insert_breakpoints (void)
2806 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2808 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2809 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2811 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2813 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2816 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2817 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2818 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. Also,
2819 update_global_location_list tries to "upgrade" software
2820 breakpoints to hardware breakpoints to handle "set breakpoint
2821 auto-hw", so we need to call it even if we don't have new
2823 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2826 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2829 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2831 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2835 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2839 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2840 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2841 always-inserted mode. */
2844 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2846 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2849 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2850 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2851 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2853 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2855 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2856 there was an error. */
2857 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2859 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2861 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2863 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2865 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2868 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2869 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2870 deletion of breakpoints. */
2871 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
2874 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2876 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2877 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2878 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2879 insert breakpoints. */
2880 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2881 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution
))
2884 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2885 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2892 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2893 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2897 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2900 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2902 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2903 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2906 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2907 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2908 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2910 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2912 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2913 there was an error. */
2914 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2916 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2918 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2920 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2923 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2924 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2925 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2926 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2927 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2930 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2932 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2933 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2934 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2935 insert breakpoints. */
2936 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2937 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution
))
2940 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2941 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2946 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2947 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2948 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2950 int some_failed
= 0;
2951 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2953 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2956 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2959 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2962 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2963 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2970 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2972 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
2974 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2975 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
2976 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2984 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2985 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2986 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2988 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2989 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2991 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2992 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2996 /* Used when the program stops.
2997 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2998 removing a breakpoint location. */
3001 remove_breakpoints (void)
3003 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3006 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3008 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3009 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3014 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3018 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3020 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3022 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3024 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3026 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3028 printf_filtered (_("\
3029 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3030 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3032 /* Hide it from the user. */
3038 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3041 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3043 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3046 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3048 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3051 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3053 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3060 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3062 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3063 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3064 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3065 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3066 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3067 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3069 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3072 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3075 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3076 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3080 static struct breakpoint
*
3081 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3082 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3083 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3085 symtab_and_line sal
;
3087 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3088 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3090 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3091 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3092 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3097 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3099 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3101 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3103 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3104 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3106 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3107 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3109 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3110 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3112 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3113 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3115 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3117 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3119 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3120 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3122 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3123 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3125 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3126 int exception_searched
= 0;
3128 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3130 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3133 static const struct objfile_key
<breakpoint_objfile_data
>
3134 breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3136 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3137 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3139 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3142 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3144 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3147 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3148 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3150 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3151 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3153 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3155 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.get (objfile
);
3156 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3157 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.emplace (objfile
);
3158 return bp_objfile_data
;
3162 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3164 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3166 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3168 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3169 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3171 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3173 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3175 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3178 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3180 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3182 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3183 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3185 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3186 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3189 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3192 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3193 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3195 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3196 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3197 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3198 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3200 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3202 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3203 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3207 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3208 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3214 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3216 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3218 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3220 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3222 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3225 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3226 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3228 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3230 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3232 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3234 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3235 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3239 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3242 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3244 /* We cannot use the probe interface here,
3245 because it does not know how to evaluate
3250 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3251 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3254 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3256 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3258 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3260 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3261 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3263 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3264 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3265 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3271 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3274 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3276 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3277 const char *func_name
;
3279 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3281 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3284 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3285 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3287 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3289 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3290 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3292 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3293 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3296 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3299 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3300 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3301 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3302 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3303 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3304 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3305 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3311 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3313 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3315 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3317 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3319 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3323 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3325 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3327 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3328 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3329 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3331 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3333 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3336 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3338 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3340 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3341 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3342 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3344 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3345 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3348 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3351 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3352 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3353 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3354 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3355 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3356 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3357 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3358 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3363 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3366 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3368 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3370 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3372 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3373 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3374 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3376 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3378 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3380 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3381 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3383 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3384 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3388 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3391 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3393 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3394 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3398 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3399 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3402 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3404 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3406 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3408 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3409 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3410 bp_exception_master
,
3411 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3412 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3413 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3419 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3421 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3424 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3426 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3428 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3430 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3431 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3433 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3437 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3440 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3441 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3442 current_top_target ());
3443 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3444 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3445 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3446 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3447 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3448 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3452 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3455 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3457 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3461 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3463 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3464 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3466 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3467 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3468 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3469 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3470 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3471 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3472 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3473 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3474 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3475 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3476 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3478 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3480 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3483 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3484 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3486 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3490 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3491 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3493 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3497 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3498 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3499 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3500 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3501 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3503 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3507 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3508 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3510 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3514 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3515 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3517 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3521 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3523 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3524 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3525 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3527 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3531 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3533 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3534 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3535 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3536 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3540 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3541 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3542 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3543 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3544 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3545 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3547 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3548 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3549 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3550 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3551 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3552 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3553 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3555 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3556 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3557 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3558 let finish_command delete it.
3560 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3561 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3562 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3563 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3564 solib breakpoints.) */
3566 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3571 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3572 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3574 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3576 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3583 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3585 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3587 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3588 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3590 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3591 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3593 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3594 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3595 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3597 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3600 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3601 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3602 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3603 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3604 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3605 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3606 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3610 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3616 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3617 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3618 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3619 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3620 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3623 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3627 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3628 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3630 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3631 This should not ever happen. */
3632 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3634 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3635 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3637 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3638 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3639 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3641 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3642 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3643 || bl
->section
== NULL
3644 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3646 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3648 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3649 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3650 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3651 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3652 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3653 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3654 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3655 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3656 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3657 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3658 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3659 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3660 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3661 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3662 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3663 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3664 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3665 they should always be removed. */
3666 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3667 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3668 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3671 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3675 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3676 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3677 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3679 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3680 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3682 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3683 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3684 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3685 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3686 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3688 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3689 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3692 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3693 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3696 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3697 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3698 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3699 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3701 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3702 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3703 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3704 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3705 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3706 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3712 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3717 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3718 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3719 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3720 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3721 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3722 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3723 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3724 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3725 always-inserted mode. */
3727 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3728 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3729 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3730 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3736 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3738 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3740 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3741 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3743 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3744 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3746 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3747 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3748 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3751 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3752 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3755 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3756 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3758 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3762 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3769 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3771 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3772 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3774 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3775 This should not ever happen. */
3776 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3778 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3780 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3782 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3785 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3788 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3790 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3792 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3793 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3797 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3798 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3800 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3803 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3804 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3805 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3810 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3812 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3813 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3815 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3817 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3820 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3824 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3830 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3832 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3833 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3836 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3838 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3840 case bp_shlib_event
:
3842 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3843 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3844 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3845 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3846 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3848 (gdb) file prog-linux
3849 (gdb) run # native linux target
3852 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3853 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3856 case bp_step_resume
:
3858 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3860 case bp_single_step
:
3862 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3864 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3868 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3869 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3870 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3872 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3874 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3875 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3876 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3879 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3880 valid. New ones will be created in
3881 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3882 The next update_global_location_list call will
3883 garbage collect them. */
3886 if (context
== inf_starting
)
3888 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3889 insert_breakpoints. */
3890 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
3891 w
->val_valid
= false;
3901 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3902 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
3903 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3904 moribund_locations
.clear ();
3907 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3908 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3909 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3910 match, not program space. */
3912 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3913 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3914 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3915 permanent breakpoint.
3916 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3917 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3918 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3919 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3920 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3922 enum breakpoint_here
3923 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3925 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3926 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3928 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3930 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3931 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3934 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3935 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3937 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3939 if (overlay_debugging
3940 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3941 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3942 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3943 else if (bl
->permanent
)
3944 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3946 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3950 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
3953 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3956 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
3957 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3959 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3961 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3963 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3964 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3967 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3969 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
3972 if (overlay_debugging
3973 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3974 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3976 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
3987 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3990 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3992 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
3993 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3999 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4003 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4004 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4007 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4010 if (overlay_debugging
4011 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4012 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4013 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4020 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4023 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4025 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4027 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4029 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4031 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4032 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4035 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4041 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4045 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4048 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4050 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4052 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4054 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4057 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4064 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4067 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4070 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4072 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4074 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4076 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4079 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4087 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4088 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4090 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4092 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4094 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4096 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4097 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4100 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4103 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4104 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4108 /* Check for intersection. */
4109 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4110 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4118 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4121 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4123 return (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4126 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4129 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4131 if (bp_location_at
!= NULL
)
4132 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at
);
4135 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4136 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4139 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4156 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4158 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4159 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4160 commands (other
.commands
),
4161 print (other
.print
),
4163 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4165 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4166 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4167 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at
);
4170 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4171 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4174 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4178 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4183 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4185 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4188 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4198 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4201 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4206 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4208 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4214 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4217 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4219 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4221 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4223 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4225 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4230 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4239 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4240 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4241 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4242 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4244 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4245 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4247 Return 1 otherwise. */
4250 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4252 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4255 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4257 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4258 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4259 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4260 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4261 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4263 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4265 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4269 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4272 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4276 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4279 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4280 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4282 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4283 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4287 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4290 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4292 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4294 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4296 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4297 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4298 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4299 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4300 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4304 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4307 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4308 or its equivalent. */
4311 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4313 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4316 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4317 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4318 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4319 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4321 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4322 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4323 bpstat of the current thread. */
4326 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4331 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4333 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4336 scoped_restore save_executing
4337 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4339 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4341 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4344 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4345 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4347 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4349 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4351 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4352 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4353 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4354 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4355 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4356 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4357 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4358 the tree when we're done. */
4359 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4360 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4363 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4365 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4371 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4373 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4379 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4381 if (current_ui
->async
)
4382 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4383 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4384 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4387 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4388 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4389 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4390 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4391 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4392 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4393 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4394 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4395 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4396 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4397 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4398 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4399 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4407 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4408 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4410 static thread_info
*
4411 get_bpstat_thread ()
4413 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution
)
4416 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4417 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing
)
4423 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4425 auto cleanup_if_error
= make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions
);
4428 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4429 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4431 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4432 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4433 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4434 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4435 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4439 cleanup_if_error
.release ();
4442 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4445 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4448 fprintf_styled (stream
, metadata_style
.style (), _("<unreadable>"));
4451 struct value_print_options opts
;
4452 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4453 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4457 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4458 debugging multiple threads. */
4461 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4463 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4468 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4471 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4473 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4474 uiout
->field_string ("thread-id", print_thread_id (thr
));
4476 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4479 uiout
->text (" \"");
4480 uiout
->field_string ("name", name
);
4484 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4488 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4489 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4490 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4491 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4494 static enum print_stop_action
4495 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4497 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4500 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4501 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4505 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4506 relevant messages. */
4507 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4510 case print_it_normal
:
4512 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4514 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4515 which has since been deleted. */
4517 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4519 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4520 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4525 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4526 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4531 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4534 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4536 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4537 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4541 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4542 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4544 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4545 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4548 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4549 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4550 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4554 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4555 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4556 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4558 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4561 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4562 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4563 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4569 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4570 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4572 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4575 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4577 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4578 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4583 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4584 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4585 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4586 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4587 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4588 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4589 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4592 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4593 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4594 code to print the location. An example is
4595 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4597 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4598 to also print the location part of the message.
4599 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4600 don't require a location appended to the end.
4601 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4602 further info to be printed. */
4604 enum print_stop_action
4605 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4607 enum print_stop_action val
;
4609 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4610 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4611 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4612 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4613 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4615 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4616 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4617 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4618 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4622 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4623 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4624 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4625 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4627 print_solib_event (0);
4628 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4631 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4632 with and nothing was printed. */
4633 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4636 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4639 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4641 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4642 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4644 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4648 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4650 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4652 bp_location_at (bl
),
4653 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4657 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4659 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4660 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4661 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4666 bp_location_at (NULL
),
4667 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4671 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4675 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4676 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4679 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4681 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4683 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4685 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4687 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4688 as not triggered. */
4690 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4692 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4694 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4700 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_top_target (), &addr
))
4702 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4703 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4705 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4707 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4709 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4715 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4716 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4720 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4722 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4723 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4725 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4726 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4728 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4730 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4731 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4733 if (newaddr
== start
)
4735 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4739 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4740 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (current_top_target (),
4744 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4753 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4754 enum wp_check_result
4756 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4759 /* The value has changed. */
4760 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4762 /* The value has not changed. */
4763 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4765 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4769 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4770 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4772 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4775 static wp_check_result
4776 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4778 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4779 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4780 int within_current_scope
;
4782 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4783 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4784 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4786 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4787 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4788 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4789 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4792 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4793 within_current_scope
= 1;
4796 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4797 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4798 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4800 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4801 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4802 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4803 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4804 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4805 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4806 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4807 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4808 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4809 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4812 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4813 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4815 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4816 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4817 if (within_current_scope
)
4819 struct symbol
*function
;
4821 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4822 if (function
== NULL
4823 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4824 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4825 within_current_scope
= 0;
4828 if (within_current_scope
)
4829 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4830 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4835 if (within_current_scope
)
4837 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4838 time before we return to the command level and call
4839 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4840 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4844 struct value
*new_val
;
4846 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4847 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4848 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4849 a mask watchpoint. */
4850 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4852 mark
= value_mark ();
4853 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4855 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4856 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4858 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4859 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4860 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4861 not what we want. */
4862 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4863 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4866 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4867 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4868 b
->val_valid
= true;
4869 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4870 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4871 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4875 /* Nothing changed. */
4876 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4877 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4882 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4883 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4884 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4885 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4886 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4887 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4888 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4889 the first value assigned). */
4890 /* We print all the stop information in
4891 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4892 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4893 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4896 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4898 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4900 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4902 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4903 uiout
->message ("\nWatchpoint %pF deleted because the program has "
4904 "left the block in\n"
4905 "which its expression is valid.\n",
4906 signed_field ("wpnum", b
->number
));
4909 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4911 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4917 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4918 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4919 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4922 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4923 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4924 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4926 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4928 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4929 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4931 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4934 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4935 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4938 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4940 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4941 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4943 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4944 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4945 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4946 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4947 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4950 int must_check_value
= 0;
4952 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4953 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4955 must_check_value
= 1;
4956 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4957 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4958 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4960 must_check_value
= 1;
4961 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4962 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4963 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4964 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4965 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4966 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4967 must_check_value
= 1;
4969 if (must_check_value
)
4975 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
4977 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
4979 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
4980 "Error evaluating expression "
4981 "for watchpoint %d\n",
4984 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4986 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
4989 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4996 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4997 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5001 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5004 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5005 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5007 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5009 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5010 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5011 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5012 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5013 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5014 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5015 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5018 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5019 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5022 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5023 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5024 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5025 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5027 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5028 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5029 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5032 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5033 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5034 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5035 changes. This still gives false positives when
5036 the program writes the same value to memory as
5037 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5038 it for a read), but it's much better than
5041 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5043 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5045 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5047 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5048 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5049 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5051 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5052 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5054 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5055 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5057 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5063 if (other_write_watchpoint
5064 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5066 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5067 and the value changed since the last time we
5068 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5070 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5075 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5076 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5077 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5079 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5080 the value hasn't changed. */
5081 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5091 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5093 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5094 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5095 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5096 anything for this watchpoint. */
5097 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5103 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5104 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5105 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5106 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5109 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5111 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5112 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5114 bool condition_result
= true;
5115 struct expression
*cond
;
5117 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5119 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5120 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5121 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5122 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5123 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5125 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5126 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5127 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5129 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5130 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5136 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5137 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5139 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5140 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5146 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5148 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5150 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5152 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5154 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5157 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5159 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5161 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5162 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5164 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5165 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5166 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5167 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5169 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5171 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5172 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5176 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5177 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5178 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5179 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5180 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5182 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5183 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5186 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5188 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5189 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5190 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5191 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5192 really matter which instantiation of the function
5193 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5194 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5195 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5196 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5197 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5198 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5199 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5200 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5202 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5204 select_frame (frame
);
5206 within_current_scope
= 0;
5208 if (within_current_scope
)
5212 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5214 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5216 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5217 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5222 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5223 "in the current scope"));
5224 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5225 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5227 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5228 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5231 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5235 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5239 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5241 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5245 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5246 on the current target. */
5249 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5251 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5252 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5253 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5254 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5257 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5260 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5261 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5263 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5264 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5268 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5271 for (bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5273 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5274 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5275 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5276 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5277 checked all locations already. */
5278 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5281 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5284 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5287 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5290 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5293 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5294 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5295 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5299 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5300 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5301 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5303 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5305 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5307 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5312 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5313 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5314 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5316 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5318 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5319 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5321 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5322 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5325 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5333 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5336 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5337 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5338 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
,
5341 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5342 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5343 bpstat bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5345 int need_remove_insert
;
5348 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5349 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5350 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5351 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5352 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5353 inferior function calls. */
5354 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5355 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5357 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5358 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5359 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5361 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5363 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5365 handle_solib_event ();
5370 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5371 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5372 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5376 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5381 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5382 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5385 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5390 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5392 /* We will stop here. */
5393 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5395 --(b
->enable_count
);
5396 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5397 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5402 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5403 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5404 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5407 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5412 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5414 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5415 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5418 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5419 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5420 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5422 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5423 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5424 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5426 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5427 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5429 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5431 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5432 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5435 if (need_remove_insert
)
5436 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5437 else if (removed_any
)
5438 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5444 handle_jit_event (void)
5446 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5447 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5450 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5452 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5453 breakpoint_re_set. */
5454 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5456 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5457 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5458 objfile
*jiter
= symbol_objfile (get_frame_function (frame
));
5460 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
, jiter
);
5462 target_terminal::inferior ();
5465 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5467 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5470 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5472 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5475 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5476 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5477 retval
.is_longjmp
= false;
5479 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5481 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5482 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5483 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5486 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5488 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5489 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5493 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5500 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5501 case bp_single_step
:
5504 case bp_shlib_event
:
5508 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5510 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5513 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5516 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5517 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5518 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5522 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5524 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5528 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5529 This requires no further action. */
5533 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5537 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5538 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5541 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5543 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5544 case bp_exception_resume
:
5547 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5548 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5551 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5553 case bp_step_resume
:
5555 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5558 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5559 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5562 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5564 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5567 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5568 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5571 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5572 case bp_thread_event
:
5573 case bp_overlay_event
:
5574 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5575 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5576 case bp_exception_master
:
5577 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5583 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5585 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5589 /* Some catchpoints are implemented with breakpoints.
5590 For those, we need to step over the breakpoint. */
5591 if (bs
->bp_location_at
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
)
5592 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5596 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5599 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5600 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5601 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5602 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5604 case bp_std_terminate
:
5605 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5606 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5607 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5608 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5611 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5612 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5613 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5614 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5616 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5617 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5619 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5620 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5621 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5623 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5624 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5625 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5626 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5631 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5633 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5637 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5638 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5641 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5648 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5652 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5654 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5661 handle_jit_event ();
5663 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5664 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5666 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5667 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5673 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5676 bpstat_should_step ()
5678 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5681 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5686 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5689 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5691 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5700 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5701 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5702 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5705 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5707 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5708 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5712 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5714 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5716 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5717 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5718 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5723 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5729 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5730 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5732 "host": Host evals condition.
5733 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5734 "target": Target evals condition.
5738 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5740 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5741 char host_evals
= 0;
5742 char target_evals
= 0;
5747 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5750 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5751 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5752 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5754 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5756 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5762 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5763 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5764 else if (target_evals
)
5765 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5767 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5770 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5771 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5774 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5776 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5779 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5780 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5781 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5783 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5784 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5786 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5789 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5792 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5793 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5795 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5797 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5799 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5803 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5805 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5806 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5807 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5809 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5813 uiout
->text ("in ");
5814 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
5815 function_name_style
.style ());
5817 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5818 uiout
->text ("at ");
5820 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5821 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
5822 file_name_style
.style ());
5825 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5826 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5828 uiout
->field_signed ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5834 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5836 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5840 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5841 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5842 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5843 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5844 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5845 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5847 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5851 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
5855 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5856 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5857 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5860 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5861 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5867 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5869 struct ep_type_description
5872 const char *description
;
5874 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5876 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5877 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5878 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5879 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5880 {bp_until
, "until"},
5881 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5882 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5883 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5884 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5885 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5886 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5887 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5888 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5889 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5890 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5891 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5892 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5893 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5894 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5895 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5896 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5897 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5898 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5899 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5900 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5901 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5902 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5903 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5904 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5905 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5906 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5907 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5908 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5909 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5912 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5913 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5914 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5915 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5918 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5921 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5922 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5925 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5926 const char *field_name
,
5927 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
5930 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
5932 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5933 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5934 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5937 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
5939 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
5945 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
5946 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
5951 uiout
->text (" inf ");
5955 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
5960 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. If RAW_LOC, print raw breakpoint locations
5961 instead of going via breakpoint_ops::print_one. This makes "maint
5962 info breakpoints" show the software breakpoint locations of
5963 catchpoints, which are considered internal implementation
5967 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5968 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5970 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5971 int allflag
, bool raw_loc
)
5973 struct command_line
*l
;
5974 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5976 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5977 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5978 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5979 struct value_print_options opts
;
5981 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5983 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5984 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5985 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5988 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5989 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5997 if (part_of_multiple
)
5998 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6000 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
6004 if (part_of_multiple
)
6005 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6007 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6011 if (part_of_multiple
)
6012 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6014 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6018 if (part_of_multiple
)
6019 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6021 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6024 if (!raw_loc
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6025 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6028 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6030 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6032 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6033 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6034 is relatively readable). */
6035 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6036 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6038 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6040 else if (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6041 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6043 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6046 if (header_of_multiple
)
6047 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>",
6048 metadata_style
.style ());
6049 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6050 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>",
6051 metadata_style
.style ());
6053 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6054 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6057 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6058 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6064 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6066 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6069 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6071 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6072 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6075 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6076 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6078 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6079 && (program_spaces
.size () > 1
6080 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6081 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6082 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6083 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6085 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6088 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6090 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6092 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6093 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6094 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6095 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6097 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6099 uiout
->text (" task ");
6100 uiout
->field_signed ("task", b
->task
);
6106 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6107 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6109 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6112 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6113 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6115 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6116 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6120 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6123 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6124 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6126 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6127 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6129 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6130 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6131 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6132 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6133 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6135 uiout
->message (" (%pF evals)",
6136 string_field ("evaluated-by",
6137 bp_condition_evaluator (b
)));
6142 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6144 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6145 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6146 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6147 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6150 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6152 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6157 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6161 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6162 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6163 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6164 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6165 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6167 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6168 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6169 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6170 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6171 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6173 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6177 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6178 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6179 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6183 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6186 uiout
->message ("\tignore next %pF hits\n",
6187 signed_field ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
));
6190 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6191 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6192 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6193 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6196 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6197 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6198 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6199 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6200 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6202 uiout
->text ("next ");
6203 uiout
->field_signed ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6204 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6207 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6209 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6211 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6213 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6214 uiout
->field_signed ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6215 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6219 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6220 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6223 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6224 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6227 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6229 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6231 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6233 annotate_field (10);
6234 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6235 uiout
->field_signed ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6236 uiout
->text (" \n");
6239 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6241 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6243 annotate_field (11);
6245 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6246 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6247 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6253 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6254 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6259 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6261 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6263 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6265 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6267 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6268 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6269 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6270 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6274 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6276 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
= false;
6279 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6280 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6283 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6284 bool use_fixed_output
6285 = (uiout
->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output
)
6286 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
);
6288 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place
, uiout
, "bkpt");
6289 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
, false);
6291 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6293 if (!use_fixed_output
)
6294 bkpt_tuple_emitter
.reset ();
6296 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6297 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6298 locations, if any. */
6300 || b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
6303 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6304 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6305 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6308 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6309 internally, that's not a property exposed to users.
6311 Likewise, while catchpoints may be implemented with
6312 breakpoints (e.g., catch throw), that's not a property
6313 exposed to users. We do however display the internal
6314 breakpoint locations with "maint info breakpoints". */
6315 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6316 && (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6317 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6319 || (b
->loc
&& (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))))
6321 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> locations_list
;
6323 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6324 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6326 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output
)
6327 locations_list
.emplace (uiout
, "locations");
6330 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6332 ui_out_emit_tuple
loc_tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6333 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
6341 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6343 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6344 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6346 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6347 address to print. */
6348 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6351 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6355 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6356 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6357 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6360 return print_address_bits
;
6363 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6366 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6368 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6369 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6372 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6373 internal or momentary. */
6376 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6378 return b
->number
> 0;
6381 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6384 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6386 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6389 /* Print information on breakpoints (including watchpoints and tracepoints).
6391 If non-NULL, BP_NUM_LIST is a list of numbers and number ranges as
6392 understood by number_or_range_parser. Only breakpoints included in this
6393 list are then printed.
6395 If SHOW_INTERNAL is true, print internal breakpoints.
6397 If FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6398 ones for which it returns true.
6400 Return the total number of breakpoints listed. */
6403 breakpoint_1 (const char *bp_num_list
, bool show_internal
,
6404 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6406 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6407 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6408 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6409 struct value_print_options opts
;
6410 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6411 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6412 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6414 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6416 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6417 required for address fields. */
6418 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6421 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6422 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6425 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6426 accept. Skip the others. */
6427 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6429 if (show_internal
&& parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6431 if (!show_internal
&& !number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6435 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6437 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6439 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6440 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6441 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6443 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6444 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6445 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6447 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6452 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6453 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6454 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6457 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6458 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6459 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6461 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6462 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6464 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6465 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6467 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6468 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6470 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6471 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6473 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6475 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6476 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6478 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6480 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6482 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6483 uiout
->table_body ();
6484 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6485 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6490 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6491 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6494 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6495 accept. Skip the others. */
6497 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6499 if (show_internal
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6501 if (parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6504 else /* all others */
6506 if (!number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6510 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6511 show_internal is set. */
6512 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6513 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, show_internal
);
6517 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6519 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6523 if (bp_num_list
== NULL
|| *bp_num_list
== '\0')
6524 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6526 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6532 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6533 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6536 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6537 there have been breakpoints? */
6538 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6540 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6543 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6544 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6547 default_collect_info (void)
6549 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6551 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6552 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6554 if (!*default_collect
)
6557 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6559 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6560 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6561 uiout
->text (" \n");
6565 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6567 breakpoint_1 (args
, false, NULL
);
6569 default_collect_info ();
6573 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6575 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_watchpoint
);
6576 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6578 if (num_printed
== 0)
6580 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6581 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6583 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6588 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6590 breakpoint_1 (args
, true, NULL
);
6592 default_collect_info ();
6596 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6597 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6598 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6600 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6602 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6604 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6605 && bl
->address
== pc
6606 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6612 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6613 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6617 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6618 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6619 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6622 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6625 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6626 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6630 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6631 else /* if (others == ???) */
6632 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6634 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6637 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6638 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6639 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6640 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6641 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6642 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6643 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6644 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6648 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6650 current_uiout
->message (_("also set at pc %ps.\n"),
6651 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
6652 paddress (gdbarch
, pc
)));
6657 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of LOC.
6658 For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members are
6659 irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to
6660 other addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6662 More specifically, software watchpoints and catchpoints that are
6663 not backed by breakpoints always have a zero valued location
6664 address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of these types
6665 to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint location at address
6669 bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location
*loc
)
6671 return loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
;
6674 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6675 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6678 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6679 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6681 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6682 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6684 /* Both of them must exist. */
6685 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6686 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6688 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6689 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6690 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6691 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6692 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6693 other watchpoint. */
6695 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6697 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6698 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6700 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6702 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6703 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6706 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6707 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6708 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6709 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6710 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6711 become hw_access locations later. */
6712 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6713 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6714 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6715 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6718 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6721 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6722 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6724 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6725 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6729 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6730 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6731 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6732 space doesn't really matter. */
6735 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6737 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6740 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6741 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6742 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6745 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6746 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6747 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6748 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6751 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6752 const address_space
*aspace
,
6755 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6758 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6759 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6763 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6764 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6765 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6766 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6767 doesn't really matter. */
6770 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6771 const address_space
*aspace
,
6772 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6774 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6775 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6777 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6779 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6785 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6786 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6787 true, otherwise returns false. */
6790 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6791 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6793 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6794 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6795 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6796 different locations. */
6797 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6802 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6803 (bl_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent
6804 the same location. If SW_HW_BPS_MATCH is true, then software
6805 breakpoint locations and hardware breakpoint locations match,
6806 otherwise they don't. */
6809 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6810 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
6811 bool sw_hw_bps_match
)
6813 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6815 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6816 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6817 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6819 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6820 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6822 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6825 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6826 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6827 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6829 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged
6830 breakpoints. Keep this in sync with
6831 bp_location_is_less_than. */
6832 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6833 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6834 && (loc1
->loc_type
== loc2
->loc_type
|| sw_hw_bps_match
)
6835 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6839 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6840 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6842 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6843 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6847 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6848 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6850 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6851 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6853 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6856 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6857 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6858 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6859 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6862 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6863 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6865 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6866 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6867 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6868 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6869 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6871 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6872 have their addresses modified. */
6875 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6877 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6878 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6879 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6880 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6881 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6882 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6887 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
6889 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6891 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6892 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6893 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6896 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
6898 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6899 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6901 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6902 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6904 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6909 bp_location_from_bp_type (bptype type
)
6914 case bp_single_step
:
6918 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6919 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6921 case bp_exception_resume
:
6922 case bp_step_resume
:
6923 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6924 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6926 case bp_std_terminate
:
6927 case bp_shlib_event
:
6928 case bp_thread_event
:
6929 case bp_overlay_event
:
6931 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6932 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6933 case bp_exception_master
:
6934 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6935 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6937 return bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6938 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6939 return bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6940 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6941 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6942 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6943 return bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6947 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6948 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6949 return bp_loc_other
;
6951 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6955 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
, bp_loc_type type
)
6957 this->owner
= owner
;
6958 this->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6959 this->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6962 this->loc_type
= type
;
6964 if (this->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
6965 || this->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
6966 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (this);
6971 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
6972 : bp_location::bp_location (owner
,
6973 bp_location_from_bp_type (owner
->type
))
6977 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6979 static struct bp_location
*
6980 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6982 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6986 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6991 /* Increment reference count. */
6994 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6999 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7000 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7003 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7005 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7007 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7008 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7012 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7015 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7017 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7018 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7020 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7021 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7023 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7025 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7030 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7036 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7039 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7040 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7042 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7044 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7048 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7049 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7050 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7051 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7054 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7055 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7057 static struct breakpoint
*
7058 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7060 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7062 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7064 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7065 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7068 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
7071 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7073 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7075 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7076 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7077 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7079 const char *function_name
;
7081 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7082 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7083 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
))
7085 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7087 function_name
= loc
->msymbol
->linkage_name ();
7089 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7090 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7092 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7093 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7094 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7095 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7097 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7101 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7104 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7108 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7110 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7113 return sal
.section
->objfile
->arch ();
7115 return SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
)->arch ();
7120 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7121 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7122 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7124 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7125 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7126 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7129 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7130 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7131 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7133 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7135 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7137 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7138 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7140 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7141 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7143 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7144 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7147 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7148 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7149 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7150 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7151 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7152 is also returned as the value of this function.
7154 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7155 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7156 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7157 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7158 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7159 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7160 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7163 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7164 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7165 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7167 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7169 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7170 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7173 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7174 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7175 initiated the operation. */
7178 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7180 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7181 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7183 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7184 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7185 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7186 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7187 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7188 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7189 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7190 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7192 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7193 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7195 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7196 after their removal. */
7197 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7198 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7199 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7202 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7205 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7207 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7209 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7211 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7212 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7214 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7215 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7220 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7222 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7224 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7225 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7227 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7228 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7232 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7233 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7234 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7238 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7240 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7243 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7245 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7247 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7248 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7250 new_b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7252 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7254 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7257 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7258 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7259 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7260 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7266 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7267 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7270 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7271 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7275 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7277 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7279 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7280 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7282 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7284 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7285 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7286 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7287 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7290 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7292 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7294 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7295 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7296 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7298 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7303 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7305 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7308 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7310 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7311 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7312 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7317 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7319 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7322 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7324 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7325 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7326 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7330 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7331 master breakpoint. */
7333 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7335 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7337 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7338 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7339 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7341 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7342 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7346 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7348 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7350 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7352 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7353 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7354 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7358 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7360 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7362 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7363 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7365 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7366 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7367 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7369 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7374 struct lang_and_radix
7380 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7383 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7385 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7386 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7389 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7392 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7394 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7396 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7397 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7398 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7399 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7403 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7405 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7407 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7408 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7409 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7410 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7413 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7416 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7418 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7420 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7421 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7422 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7423 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7426 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7427 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7428 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7430 static struct breakpoint
*
7431 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7432 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7434 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7436 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7437 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7438 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7443 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7445 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7448 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7451 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7453 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7455 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7457 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7458 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7460 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7466 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7467 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7470 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7472 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7474 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7476 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7477 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7479 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7480 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7481 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7482 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7483 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7484 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7485 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7486 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7487 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7488 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7489 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7490 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7493 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7498 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7499 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7500 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7503 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7505 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7506 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7508 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7510 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7511 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7513 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7514 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7515 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7516 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7517 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7518 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7519 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7520 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7521 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7523 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7524 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7525 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7526 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7529 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7530 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7532 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7534 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7535 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7536 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7539 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7544 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7545 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7546 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7549 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7551 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7553 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7556 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7557 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7558 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7559 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7560 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7561 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7562 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7563 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7564 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7565 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7567 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7568 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7573 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7574 int bp_modified
= 0;
7576 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7579 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7581 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7583 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7584 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7587 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7590 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7593 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7594 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7597 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7599 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7600 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7601 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7602 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7603 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7606 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7613 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7617 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7619 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7620 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7621 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7623 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7625 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7626 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7627 catchpoint has triggered. */
7628 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7631 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7635 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7637 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7640 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7644 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7646 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7649 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7653 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7654 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7655 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7657 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7659 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7662 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7666 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7669 static enum print_stop_action
7670 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7672 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7673 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7674 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7676 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7677 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7678 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7679 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7681 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7682 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7684 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7685 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7687 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7688 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7689 uiout
->field_signed ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7690 uiout
->text ("), ");
7691 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7694 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7698 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7700 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7701 struct value_print_options opts
;
7702 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7704 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7706 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7707 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7709 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7710 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7712 uiout
->text ("fork");
7713 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7715 uiout
->text (", process ");
7716 uiout
->field_signed ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7720 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7721 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7724 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7728 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7730 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7733 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7737 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7739 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7740 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7743 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7745 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7747 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7751 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7753 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7756 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7760 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7762 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7765 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7769 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7770 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7771 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7773 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7775 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7778 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7782 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7785 static enum print_stop_action
7786 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7788 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7789 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7790 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7792 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7793 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7794 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7795 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7797 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7798 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7800 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7801 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7803 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7804 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7805 uiout
->field_signed ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7806 uiout
->text ("), ");
7807 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7810 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7814 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7816 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7817 struct value_print_options opts
;
7818 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7820 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7821 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7822 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7824 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7825 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7827 uiout
->text ("vfork");
7828 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7830 uiout
->text (", process ");
7831 uiout
->field_signed ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7835 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7836 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7839 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7843 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7845 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7848 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7852 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7854 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7855 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7858 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7860 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7862 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7863 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7864 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7866 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7868 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
7870 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7871 unsigned char is_load
;
7873 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7874 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7876 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7879 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7881 xfree (this->regex
);
7885 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7891 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7897 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7898 const address_space
*aspace
,
7900 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7902 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7903 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7905 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7908 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7910 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7912 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7915 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7918 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
7921 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7923 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7932 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7934 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7935 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7939 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
7942 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7948 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
7951 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7957 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7960 static enum print_stop_action
7961 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7963 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7964 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7966 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7967 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7968 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7969 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7971 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7972 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7974 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7975 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7976 print_solib_event (1);
7977 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7981 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7983 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7984 struct value_print_options opts
;
7985 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7987 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7988 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7989 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7991 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7994 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8002 msg
= string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8004 msg
= _("load of library");
8009 msg
= string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8011 msg
= _("unload of library");
8013 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8015 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8016 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8020 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8022 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8024 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8025 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8029 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8031 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8033 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8034 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8035 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8037 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8038 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8041 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8043 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8044 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8045 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8046 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8047 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8048 created in an enabled state. */
8051 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8053 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8057 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8059 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8063 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8064 _("Invalid regexp")));
8065 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8068 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8069 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8070 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8072 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8074 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8077 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8081 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8082 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8085 const int enabled
= 1;
8087 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8089 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8093 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8094 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8096 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8100 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8101 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8103 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8106 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8107 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8108 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8109 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8112 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8113 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8114 const char *cond_string
,
8115 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8117 symtab_and_line sal
;
8118 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8120 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8122 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8123 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8127 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8129 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8130 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8131 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8132 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8135 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8138 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8142 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8143 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8144 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8146 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8148 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8150 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8152 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8155 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8157 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8158 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8159 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8161 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8163 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8165 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8166 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8168 char *exec_pathname
;
8171 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8173 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8175 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8179 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8181 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8185 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8187 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8191 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8192 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8193 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8195 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8197 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8200 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8204 static enum print_stop_action
8205 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8207 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8208 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8209 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8211 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8212 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8213 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8214 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8216 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8217 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8219 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8220 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8222 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8223 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8224 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8225 uiout
->text ("), ");
8227 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8231 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8233 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8234 struct value_print_options opts
;
8235 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8237 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8239 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8240 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8241 is relatively readable). */
8242 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8243 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8245 uiout
->text ("exec");
8246 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8248 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8249 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8250 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8253 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8254 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8258 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8260 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8263 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8267 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8269 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8270 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8273 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8276 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8279 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8280 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8284 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8285 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8287 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8289 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8296 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8300 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8303 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8305 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8308 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8310 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8312 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8318 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8319 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8320 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8321 types _not_ TYPE. */
8324 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8325 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8328 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8330 *other_type_used
= 0;
8335 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8338 if (b
->type
== type
)
8339 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8340 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8341 *other_type_used
= 1;
8348 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8350 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8354 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8356 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8357 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8363 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8365 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8369 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8371 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8372 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8378 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8380 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8381 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8385 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8387 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8388 breakpoint_re_set ();
8391 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8394 static struct breakpoint
*
8395 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8397 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8399 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8400 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8402 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8403 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8406 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8408 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8411 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8412 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8416 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8417 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8419 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8421 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8423 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8425 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8426 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8427 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8428 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8430 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
8432 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8434 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8437 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8438 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8439 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8441 static struct breakpoint
*
8442 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8444 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8447 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8449 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8450 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8451 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
8453 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8454 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8455 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8456 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8457 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8458 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8459 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8460 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8461 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8462 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8463 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8464 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8466 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8467 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8468 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8470 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8474 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8478 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8480 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8484 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8488 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8491 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8493 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8495 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8496 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8498 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8502 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8505 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8507 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8508 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8512 static bool bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8514 /* Handle "set breakpoint auto-hw on".
8516 If the explicitly specified breakpoint type is not hardware
8517 breakpoint, check the memory map to see whether the breakpoint
8518 address is in read-only memory.
8520 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory is read-only.
8521 We change the type of the location to hardware breakpoint.
8523 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write. This
8524 means we've previously made the location hardware one, but then the
8525 memory map changed, so we undo.
8529 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (bp_location
*bl
)
8531 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
8532 && bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
8533 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
8534 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
))
8536 /* When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
8537 location types we've just set here, the only possible problem
8538 is that memory map has changed during running program, but
8539 it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
8540 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
8544 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
8546 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
8547 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
8549 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
8551 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
8553 static bool said
= false;
8555 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
8558 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
8559 _("Note: automatically using "
8560 "hardware breakpoints for "
8561 "read-only addresses.\n"));
8569 static struct bp_location
*
8570 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8571 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8573 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8574 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8575 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8577 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8578 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8580 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8581 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8582 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8583 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8584 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8585 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8586 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8589 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8590 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8591 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8592 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8597 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8598 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8599 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8600 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8601 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8602 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8603 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8604 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8605 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8606 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8607 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8608 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8609 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8611 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
8613 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8614 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8615 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8616 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8617 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8618 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8619 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8620 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8621 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8622 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8623 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8624 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8626 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8633 /* Return true if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8634 return false otherwise. */
8637 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8639 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8641 /* If we have a non-breakpoint-backed catchpoint or a software
8642 watchpoint, just return 0. We should not attempt to read from
8643 the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types point to.
8644 gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8646 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
))
8649 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8650 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8651 return gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8654 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8655 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8658 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8660 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8661 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8666 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8668 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8670 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8672 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8674 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8675 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8677 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8678 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8679 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8681 if (!dprintf_function
)
8682 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8684 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8685 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8690 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8694 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8696 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8697 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8700 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8701 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8705 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8706 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8708 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8710 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8711 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8712 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
);
8713 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8714 command_lines_deleter ()));
8717 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8718 current style settings. */
8721 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8722 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8724 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8728 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8729 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8733 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8734 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8735 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8736 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8739 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8740 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8741 event_location_up
&&location
,
8742 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8743 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8744 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8745 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8746 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8747 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8748 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8749 int display_canonical
)
8753 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8755 int target_resources_ok
;
8757 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8758 target_resources_ok
=
8759 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8761 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8762 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8763 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8764 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8767 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8769 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8771 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8775 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8777 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8779 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8780 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8783 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8785 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8789 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8790 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8791 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8792 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8793 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8795 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8796 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8798 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8800 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8801 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8803 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8805 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8806 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8808 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8811 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8813 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8815 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8817 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8819 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8821 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8823 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8825 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8827 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8830 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8831 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8838 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8839 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8845 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
8847 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
8848 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
8850 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
8853 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8854 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8855 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8857 if (b
->extra_string
)
8858 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8860 error (_("Format string required"));
8862 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8863 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
8866 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8867 if (location
!= NULL
)
8868 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8870 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8871 b
->filter
= std::move (filter
);
8875 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8876 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8877 event_location_up
&&location
,
8878 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8879 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8880 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8881 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8882 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8883 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8884 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8885 int display_canonical
)
8887 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8889 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8890 sals
, std::move (location
),
8892 std::move (cond_string
),
8893 std::move (extra_string
),
8895 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8897 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8900 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8903 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8904 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8905 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8906 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8907 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8908 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8909 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8910 we take just a single condition string.
8912 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8913 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8914 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8915 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8916 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8919 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8920 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8921 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8922 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8923 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8924 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8925 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8926 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8928 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8929 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8931 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8933 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8934 'break', without arguments. */
8935 event_location_up location
8936 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
8937 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
8938 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
8939 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
8941 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
8942 std::move (location
),
8943 std::move (filter_string
),
8944 std::move (cond_string
),
8945 std::move (extra_string
),
8947 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8948 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8949 canonical
->special_display
);
8953 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8954 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8955 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
8956 linespec locations).
8958 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8959 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8962 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
8963 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
8965 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
8967 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
8969 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
8973 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
8974 breakpoint address. */
8975 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8977 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8978 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
8979 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
8980 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
8981 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
8982 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
8983 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
8985 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8987 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8988 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8989 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8990 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8991 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8993 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8995 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
8997 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
8999 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9003 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9007 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9008 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9009 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9010 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9012 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9013 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9014 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9015 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9017 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9019 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9020 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9024 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9027 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9028 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9029 get_last_displayed_line (),
9030 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9035 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9036 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9040 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9041 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9044 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9046 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9047 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9050 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9051 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9052 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9053 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9054 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9058 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9059 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9061 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9063 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9065 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9066 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9067 associated with SAL. */
9071 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9072 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9073 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9077 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9078 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9079 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9080 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9081 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9082 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9085 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9086 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9089 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9096 const char *end_tok
;
9098 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9099 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9101 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9103 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9105 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9109 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9111 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9113 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9115 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9116 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9118 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9120 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9123 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9126 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9128 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9129 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9132 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9137 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9139 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9140 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9141 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9146 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9150 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9154 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9156 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9157 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9159 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9162 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9164 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9166 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9168 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9169 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9170 if (markers
.empty ())
9171 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9172 marker_str
.c_str ());
9174 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9175 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9177 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9179 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9180 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9181 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9188 /* Returns the breakpoint ops appropriate for use with with LOCATION_TYPE and
9189 according to IS_TRACEPOINT. */
9191 static const struct breakpoint_ops
*
9192 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type (enum event_location_type location_type
,
9197 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
9198 return &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9200 return &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9204 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
9205 return &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9207 return &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9211 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9213 const struct breakpoint_ops
*
9214 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
9217 if (location
!= nullptr)
9218 return breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type
9219 (event_location_type (location
), is_tracepoint
);
9220 return is_tracepoint
? &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
: &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9223 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9226 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9227 const struct event_location
*location
,
9228 const char *cond_string
,
9229 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9231 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9233 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9234 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9235 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9238 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9241 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9243 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9245 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9246 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9247 extra_string
= NULL
;
9251 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9253 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9255 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9257 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9259 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9262 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9265 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9267 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9268 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9269 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9270 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9271 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9274 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9275 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9276 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9277 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9284 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9287 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9288 are ok for the target. */
9291 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9292 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9295 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9296 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9298 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9299 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9302 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9303 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9307 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9308 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9315 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9317 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9318 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9319 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9320 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9322 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9323 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9324 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9325 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9329 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9330 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9331 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9333 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9335 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9336 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9338 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9341 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9342 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9343 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9345 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9346 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9347 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9351 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9353 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9354 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9357 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9360 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9361 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9365 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9366 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9367 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9368 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9369 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9370 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9371 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9372 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9373 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9375 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9378 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9380 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9381 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9382 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9385 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9390 /* Set a breakpoint.
9391 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9392 condition, and thread.
9393 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9394 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9398 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9400 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9401 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9402 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9405 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9406 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
9407 (location
.get (), false /* is_tracepoint */);
9409 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9411 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9412 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9413 0 /* Ignore count */,
9414 pending_break_support
,
9422 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9425 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9429 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9431 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9432 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9433 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9436 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9437 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9438 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9439 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9442 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9444 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9445 const struct block
*b
;
9448 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9449 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9452 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9455 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9456 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9461 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9462 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9463 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9464 happen in assembly source). */
9466 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9467 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9469 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9471 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9478 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9480 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9484 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9486 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9490 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9492 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9496 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9498 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9502 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9504 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9505 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9506 stop at <line>\n"));
9510 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9516 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9518 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9521 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9522 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9523 function/method name. */
9524 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9526 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9531 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9533 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9537 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9539 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9543 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9547 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9551 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9554 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9555 it is probably a line number. */
9556 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9558 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9563 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9565 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9569 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9571 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9574 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9575 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9576 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9580 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9582 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9584 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9585 the next character must be ','. */
9588 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9589 error (_("Format string required"));
9592 /* Skip the comma. */
9597 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9599 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9601 0 /* Ignore count */,
9602 pending_break_support
,
9603 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9611 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9613 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9616 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9617 ranged breakpoints. */
9620 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9621 const address_space
*aspace
,
9623 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9625 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9626 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9629 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9630 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9633 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9634 ranged breakpoints. */
9637 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9639 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9642 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9643 ranged breakpoints. */
9645 static enum print_stop_action
9646 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9648 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9649 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9650 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9652 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9654 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9655 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9657 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9659 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9661 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9662 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9664 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9665 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9667 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9668 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9669 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9671 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9674 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9677 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9678 ranged breakpoints. */
9681 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9682 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9684 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9685 struct value_print_options opts
;
9686 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9688 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9689 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9691 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9693 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9694 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9695 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9696 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9698 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9702 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9703 ranged breakpoints. */
9706 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9707 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9709 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9710 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9715 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9716 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9718 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9719 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9720 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9721 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9722 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9726 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9727 ranged breakpoints. */
9730 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9732 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9733 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9736 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9738 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9739 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9740 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9743 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9744 ranged breakpoints. */
9747 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9749 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9750 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9751 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9752 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9755 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9757 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9759 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9760 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9761 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9762 last instruction of the given line. */
9765 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9769 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9770 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9771 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9778 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9780 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9782 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9789 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9792 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9794 const char *arg_start
;
9795 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9796 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9798 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9800 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9801 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9802 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9804 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9805 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9806 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9809 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9811 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9812 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9813 error(_("No address range specified."));
9816 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9818 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9821 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9822 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9823 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9825 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9827 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9828 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9829 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9831 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9832 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9834 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9835 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9837 /* Parse the end location. */
9841 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9842 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9843 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9844 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9845 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9846 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9848 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9849 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9850 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9852 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9853 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9855 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9856 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9857 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9858 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9860 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9862 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9863 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9864 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9866 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9868 /* Length overflowed. */
9869 error (_("Address range too large."));
9870 else if (length
== 1)
9872 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9873 the `hbreak' command. */
9874 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9879 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9880 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9881 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9882 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9883 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9884 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9885 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
9886 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
9887 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9890 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
9891 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9894 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9895 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9896 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9900 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9908 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9909 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
9912 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
9922 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
9923 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
9924 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
9925 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
9926 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
9928 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
9954 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
9957 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
9958 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
9963 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
9964 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
9965 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
9966 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9967 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9968 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9969 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9971 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9972 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9977 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9979 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9980 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9981 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
9982 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
9984 We also have to check for function symbols because they
9985 are always constant. */
9987 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
9989 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
9990 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
9991 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
9996 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
9997 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
9998 then it is not a constant. */
10007 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10009 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10011 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10012 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10015 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10018 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10020 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10022 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10023 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10025 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10026 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10027 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10028 are loaded and unloaded.
10030 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10031 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10032 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10033 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10034 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10035 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10037 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10038 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10039 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10040 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10042 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10043 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10045 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10046 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10047 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10050 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10053 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10055 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10056 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10058 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10059 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10062 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10065 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10067 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10068 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10070 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10071 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10075 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10076 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10077 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10079 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10080 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10082 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10083 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10084 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10085 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10086 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10087 (did not match the data address). */
10088 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10089 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10096 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10098 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10100 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10103 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10104 hardware watchpoints. */
10107 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10109 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10110 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10112 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10115 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10116 hardware watchpoints. */
10119 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10121 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10122 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10125 static enum print_stop_action
10126 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10128 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10129 enum print_stop_action result
;
10130 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10131 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10133 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10135 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10136 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10138 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10139 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10143 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10146 case bp_watchpoint
:
10147 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10148 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10149 uiout
->field_string
10150 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10152 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10153 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10154 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10155 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10156 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10157 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10158 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10159 uiout
->text ("\n");
10160 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10161 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10164 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10165 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10166 uiout
->field_string
10167 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10169 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10170 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10171 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10172 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10173 uiout
->text ("\n");
10174 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10177 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10178 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10180 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10181 uiout
->field_string
10183 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10185 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10186 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10187 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10188 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10189 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10194 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10195 uiout
->field_string
10197 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10198 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10199 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10201 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10202 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10203 uiout
->text ("\n");
10204 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10207 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10213 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10217 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10219 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10220 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10221 const char *tuple_name
;
10225 case bp_watchpoint
:
10226 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10227 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10229 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10230 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10231 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10233 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10234 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10235 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10237 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10238 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10239 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10242 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10243 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10246 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10247 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10248 uiout
->text (": ");
10249 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10252 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10256 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10258 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10262 case bp_watchpoint
:
10263 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10264 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10266 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10267 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10269 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10270 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10273 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10274 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10277 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10278 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10281 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10285 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10287 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10288 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10289 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10295 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10297 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10299 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10300 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10303 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10305 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10307 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10308 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10311 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10312 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10315 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10317 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10319 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10320 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10323 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10324 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10327 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10329 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10331 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10334 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10335 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10338 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10343 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10344 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10346 static enum print_stop_action
10347 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10349 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10350 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10352 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10353 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10355 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10356 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10360 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10361 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10362 uiout
->field_string
10363 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10366 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10367 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10368 uiout
->field_string
10369 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10372 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10373 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10374 uiout
->field_string
10376 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10379 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10380 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10384 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10385 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10386 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10387 uiout
->text ("\n");
10389 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10390 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10393 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10394 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10397 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10398 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10400 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10402 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10403 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10405 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10406 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10407 uiout
->text ("\n");
10410 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10411 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10414 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10416 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10417 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10418 const char *tuple_name
;
10422 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10423 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10424 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10426 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10427 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10428 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10430 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10431 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10432 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10435 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10436 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10439 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10440 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10441 uiout
->text (": ");
10442 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10445 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10446 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10449 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10451 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10455 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10456 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10458 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10459 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10461 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10462 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10465 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10466 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10469 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
,
10470 phex (w
->hw_wp_mask
, sizeof (CORE_ADDR
)));
10471 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10474 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10476 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10478 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10481 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10483 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10486 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10487 hw_read: watch read,
10488 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10490 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10491 int just_location
, int internal
)
10493 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10494 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10495 struct value
*result
;
10496 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10497 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10498 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10499 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10501 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10502 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10503 enum bptype bp_type
;
10506 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10507 the hardware watchpoint. */
10509 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10511 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10512 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10514 const char *value_start
;
10516 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10518 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10519 of the arguments string. */
10520 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10522 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10523 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10526 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10527 This is the value of the parameter. */
10528 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10530 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10532 /* Skip whitespace. */
10533 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10538 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10539 This is the parameter itself. */
10540 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10543 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10545 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10547 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10548 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10549 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10550 only in a specific thread. */
10554 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10556 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10557 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10559 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10560 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10561 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10563 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10565 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10567 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10568 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10570 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10573 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10575 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10577 mark
= value_mark ();
10578 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10579 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10580 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10583 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10586 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10587 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10594 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10595 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10597 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10598 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10599 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
10600 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
10602 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10603 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10605 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10608 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10609 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10613 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10614 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10616 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10619 exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
10620 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10621 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10622 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10625 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10627 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10628 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10636 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10637 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10638 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10642 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10645 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10646 else if (ret
== -2)
10647 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10650 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10651 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10653 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10654 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10656 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10657 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10659 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10660 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker
;
10661 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker
);
10663 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10664 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10665 cond_exp_valid_block
= if_tracker
.block ();
10670 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10672 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10674 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10676 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10678 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10679 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10680 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10681 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10682 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10684 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10686 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10688 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10689 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10692 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10693 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10694 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10696 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10699 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10701 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10702 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10704 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10705 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10707 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10708 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10709 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10710 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10711 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10712 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10713 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10717 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10718 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10719 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10720 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10722 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10723 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10724 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10725 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10727 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10729 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10732 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10733 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10735 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10736 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10737 w
->thread
= thread
;
10738 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10739 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10740 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10741 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10742 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10745 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10746 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10748 w
->exp_string_reparse
10749 = current_language
->watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10751 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10752 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10755 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10759 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10764 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10765 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10766 w
->val_valid
= true;
10770 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10772 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10774 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10776 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10777 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10781 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10782 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10785 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10787 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10788 need to act on them together. */
10789 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10790 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10793 if (!just_location
)
10794 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10796 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10797 that should be inserted. */
10798 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10800 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10803 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10804 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10807 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10809 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10811 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10812 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10815 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10816 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10818 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10819 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10820 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10821 hardware watchpoint.
10823 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10824 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10825 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10826 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10827 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10828 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10829 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10830 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10831 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10833 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10834 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10835 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10836 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10837 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10839 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10841 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10843 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10844 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10845 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10846 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10847 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10848 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10852 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10853 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10854 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10856 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10857 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10858 middle of some value chain. */
10860 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10861 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10863 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10867 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10868 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10869 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10871 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10875 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10879 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10880 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10881 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10882 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10883 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10886 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10887 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10888 return found_memory_cnt
;
10892 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10894 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10897 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10898 calls watch_command_1. */
10901 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10903 int just_location
= 0;
10906 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10907 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10910 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
10914 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10916 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10920 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10922 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10926 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10928 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10932 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10934 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10938 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10940 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10944 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10945 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10948 struct until_break_fsm
: public thread_fsm
10950 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
10953 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
10954 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
10956 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
10958 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
10960 until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
10961 breakpoint_up
&&location_breakpoint
,
10962 breakpoint_up
&&caller_breakpoint
)
10963 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp
),
10965 location_breakpoint (std::move (location_breakpoint
)),
10966 caller_breakpoint (std::move (caller_breakpoint
))
10970 void clean_up (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10971 bool should_stop (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10972 enum async_reply_reason
do_async_reply_reason () override
;
10975 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
10976 until(location)/advance commands. */
10979 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info
*tp
)
10981 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10982 location_breakpoint
.get ()) != NULL
10983 || (caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
10984 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10985 caller_breakpoint
.get ()) != NULL
))
10991 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
10992 until(location)/advance commands. */
10995 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info
*)
10997 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
10998 location_breakpoint
.reset ();
10999 caller_breakpoint
.reset ();
11000 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread
);
11003 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11004 until(location)/advance commands. */
11006 enum async_reply_reason
11007 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
11009 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11013 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11015 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11016 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11017 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11018 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11020 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11022 clear_proceed_status (0);
11024 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11027 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11029 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11030 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11031 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11032 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11033 get_last_displayed_line ())
11034 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11037 if (sals
.size () != 1)
11038 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11040 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11043 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11045 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11047 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11048 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11050 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11051 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11052 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11055 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11056 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11057 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11058 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11060 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11063 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
11065 gdb::optional
<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
> lj_deleter
;
11067 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11069 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11070 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11072 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11073 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11074 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11075 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11080 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11081 lj_deleter
.emplace (thread
);
11084 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11087 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
11089 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11090 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11091 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11092 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11094 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11095 only at the very same frame. */
11096 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11097 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11099 tp
->thread_fsm
= new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11100 std::move (location_breakpoint
),
11101 std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11104 lj_deleter
->release ();
11106 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11109 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11110 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11112 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11113 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11114 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11115 if clause in the arg string. */
11118 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11120 const char *cond_string
;
11122 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11125 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11128 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11129 condition string. */
11130 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11131 cond_string
= *arg
;
11133 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11135 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11137 return cond_string
;
11140 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11141 process start/exit, etc. */
11145 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11146 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11151 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11152 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11154 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11155 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11156 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11159 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11160 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11161 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11165 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11167 /* The allowed syntax is:
11169 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11171 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11172 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11174 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11175 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11177 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11178 and enable reporting of such events. */
11181 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11182 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11183 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11184 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11186 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11187 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11188 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11189 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11192 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11198 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11199 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11201 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11203 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11205 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11209 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11211 /* The allowed syntax is:
11213 catch exec if <cond>
11215 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11216 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11218 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11219 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11221 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11222 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11223 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11224 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11226 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11230 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11231 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11232 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11233 const char *addr_string
,
11234 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11241 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11243 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11245 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11246 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11247 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11248 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11249 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11250 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11251 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11252 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11253 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11254 enough for now, though. */
11257 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
11259 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11260 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11261 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11262 language_def (language_ada
));
11263 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11268 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11271 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11273 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11274 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11276 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11278 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11281 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11285 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11288 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11291 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11293 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11296 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11297 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11298 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11302 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11303 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11304 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11306 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11310 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11311 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11312 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11313 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11314 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11315 error (_("No source file specified."));
11321 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11322 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11323 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11324 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11326 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11327 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11328 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11329 due to optimization, all in one block.
11331 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11332 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11333 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11334 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11335 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11336 to support that. */
11338 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11339 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11340 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11343 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11344 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11346 const char *sal_fullname
;
11348 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11349 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11350 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11353 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11358 1 0 <can't happen> */
11360 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11361 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11363 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11364 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11367 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11368 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11370 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11371 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11373 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11374 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11375 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11377 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11378 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11379 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11380 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11381 int line_match
= 0;
11383 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11384 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11385 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11386 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11387 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11388 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11389 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11392 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11401 found
.push_back (b
);
11405 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11406 if (found
.empty ())
11409 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11411 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11414 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11415 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11416 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11418 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
11420 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11421 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11423 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
11427 if (found
.size () > 1)
11428 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11431 if (found
.size () == 1)
11432 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11434 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11437 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11440 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11441 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11444 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11447 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11448 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11449 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11452 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11454 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11456 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11457 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11458 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11460 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11462 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11464 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11465 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11469 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11470 std::sort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11471 bl_address_is_meaningful says), secondarily by ordering first
11472 permanent elements and terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted
11473 stable way despite std::sort being an unstable algorithm. */
11476 bp_location_is_less_than (const bp_location
*a
, const bp_location
*b
)
11478 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11479 return a
->address
< b
->address
;
11481 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11482 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11485 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11486 return a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
;
11488 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11489 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11490 return a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
;
11492 /* Sort by type in order to make duplicate determination easier.
11493 See update_global_location_list. This is kept in sync with
11494 breakpoint_locations_match. */
11495 if (a
->loc_type
< b
->loc_type
)
11498 /* Likewise, for range-breakpoints, sort by length. */
11499 if (a
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
11500 && b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
11501 && a
->length
< b
->length
)
11504 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11505 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11506 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11508 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11509 return a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
;
11514 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11515 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11516 content of the bp_locations array. */
11519 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11521 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11523 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11524 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11526 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11528 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11530 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11533 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11534 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11536 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11537 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11538 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11539 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11541 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11543 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11544 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11545 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11546 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11550 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11553 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11555 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11556 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11558 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11560 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
11562 struct bp_location
*bl
;
11563 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11564 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11566 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11567 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11568 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11571 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11573 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11574 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11576 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11579 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11582 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
11584 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11585 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11586 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11587 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11590 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11592 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11595 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11597 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11598 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11599 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11600 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11604 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11607 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11609 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11610 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11611 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11612 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11614 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11615 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11616 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11617 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11618 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11620 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11621 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11622 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11623 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11624 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11625 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11626 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11627 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11630 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11631 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11632 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11636 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11638 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11639 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11640 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11643 address
= bl
->address
;
11644 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11646 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11647 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11648 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11650 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11651 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11654 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11655 the same program space as the location
11656 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11657 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11658 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11662 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11663 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11666 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11667 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11668 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11669 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11670 that have already been marked. */
11671 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11673 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11675 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11679 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11680 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11681 locations are duplicate of which.
11683 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11684 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11688 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11690 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11691 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11692 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11693 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11694 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11695 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11697 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11698 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11699 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11700 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11701 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11703 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11704 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11705 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11706 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11708 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11709 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11710 struct bp_location
**old_locp
;
11711 unsigned old_locations_count
;
11712 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<struct bp_location
*> old_locations (bp_locations
);
11714 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
11715 bp_locations
= NULL
;
11716 bp_locations_count
= 0;
11718 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11719 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11720 bp_locations_count
++;
11722 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
11723 locp
= bp_locations
;
11724 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11725 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11728 /* See if we need to "upgrade" a software breakpoint to a hardware
11729 breakpoint. Do this before deciding whether locations are
11730 duplicates. Also do this before sorting because sorting order
11731 depends on location type. */
11732 for (locp
= bp_locations
;
11733 locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
;
11737 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
11738 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (loc
);
11741 std::sort (bp_locations
, bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
,
11742 bp_location_is_less_than
);
11744 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11746 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11747 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11748 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11749 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11750 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11753 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11754 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11756 locp
= bp_locations
;
11757 for (old_locp
= old_locations
.get ();
11758 old_locp
< old_locations
.get () + old_locations_count
;
11761 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
11762 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
11764 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11765 not, we have to free it. */
11766 int found_object
= 0;
11767 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11768 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11771 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11772 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11773 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11774 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11778 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11779 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11782 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11783 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11784 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11786 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11787 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11788 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11790 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
11791 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11794 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
11798 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11799 have to go through updates again. */
11800 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11802 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11804 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11806 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11807 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11808 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11809 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11810 at certain location is not inserted. */
11812 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11814 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11817 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11819 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11820 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11821 keep_in_target
= 1;
11825 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11826 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11827 remove its target-side condition. */
11829 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11830 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11831 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11832 this one from the target. */
11834 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11835 if (bl_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
))
11838 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11839 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11842 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
11844 if (loc2
== old_loc
)
11847 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11849 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11850 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11851 supported, but the latter are. */
11852 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11854 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11855 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11858 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11859 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11861 if (unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11863 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11864 keep_in_target
= 1;
11872 if (!keep_in_target
)
11874 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11876 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11877 this location on the global list, and try to
11878 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11879 reason why we will succeed next time.
11881 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11882 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11883 only after calling us. */
11884 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11885 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11886 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11894 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11895 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11897 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11898 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11899 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11900 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11901 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11902 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11903 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11904 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11905 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11906 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11907 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11908 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11909 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11910 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11913 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11914 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11916 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11917 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11918 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11919 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11920 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11921 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11922 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11923 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11924 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11925 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11926 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11927 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11928 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11931 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11932 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11933 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11934 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11936 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11937 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11938 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11939 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11940 traps we can no longer explain. */
11942 process_stratum_target
*proc_target
= nullptr;
11943 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
11944 if (inf
->pspace
== old_loc
->pspace
)
11946 proc_target
= inf
->process_target ();
11949 if (proc_target
!= nullptr)
11950 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
11951 = 3 * (thread_count (proc_target
) + 1);
11953 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 1;
11954 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11956 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
11960 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11961 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
11966 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11967 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11968 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11969 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11970 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11971 are sorted first for the same address.
11973 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11974 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11976 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11977 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11978 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11979 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11980 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
11982 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11984 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
11987 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
11988 || !bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
)
11989 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11990 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11991 `struct bp_location'. */
11992 || is_tracepoint (b
))
11994 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11995 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11999 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12000 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12001 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12002 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12003 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12004 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12006 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12008 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12009 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12010 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12012 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12013 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12015 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12017 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12018 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12019 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12025 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12026 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12027 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12029 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12030 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12032 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12033 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12036 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12038 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12039 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12042 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12043 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12044 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12045 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12046 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12048 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12052 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12053 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12057 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12059 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
12061 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
12062 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12064 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12065 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
12072 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12077 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12079 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12084 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12087 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12091 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12092 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12094 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12095 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12096 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12100 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12102 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12104 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12106 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12110 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12114 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12116 struct value_print_options opts
;
12118 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12120 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12122 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12124 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12125 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12126 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12127 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12129 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12130 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12132 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12134 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12135 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12140 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12141 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12147 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12148 printf_filtered (" at %ps",
12149 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
12150 paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
,
12151 b
->loc
->address
)));
12152 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12154 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12156 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12158 const char *filename
12159 = symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
);
12160 printf_filtered (": file %ps, line %d.",
12161 styled_string (file_name_style
.style (),
12163 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12166 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12167 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12168 real situation somewhat. */
12169 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12170 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12175 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12177 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12179 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12184 bp_location::~bp_location ()
12186 xfree (function_name
);
12189 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12191 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12193 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12194 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12197 static struct bp_location
*
12198 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12200 return new bp_location (self
);
12204 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12206 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12209 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12210 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12213 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12215 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12219 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12220 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12222 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12226 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12227 const address_space
*aspace
,
12229 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12231 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12235 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12240 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12244 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12246 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12249 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12253 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12255 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12258 static enum print_stop_action
12259 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12261 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12265 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12266 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12272 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12274 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12278 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12280 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12284 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12285 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12286 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12287 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12289 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12293 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12294 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12295 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12296 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12297 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12298 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12300 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12301 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12302 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12303 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12305 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12308 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12309 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12310 const struct event_location
*location
,
12311 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12313 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12316 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12319 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12324 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12327 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12329 /* Nothing to do. */
12332 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12334 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12335 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12336 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12337 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12338 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12339 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12340 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12341 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12342 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12344 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12345 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12346 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12347 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12348 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12349 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12350 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12351 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12354 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12357 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12359 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12360 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12362 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12363 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12367 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12371 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12373 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12375 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12376 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12378 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12379 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12381 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12385 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12387 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12388 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12390 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12394 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12395 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12396 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12398 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12399 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12402 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12406 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12407 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12408 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12415 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12416 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12417 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12419 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12420 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12422 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12423 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12424 be set at the same address. */
12428 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12432 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12434 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12439 static enum print_stop_action
12440 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12442 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12443 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12445 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12447 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12449 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12450 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12452 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12453 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12454 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12457 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12458 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12460 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12462 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12463 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12464 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12467 uiout
->message ("Temporary breakpoint %pF, ",
12468 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12470 uiout
->message ("Breakpoint %pF, ",
12471 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12473 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12477 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12479 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12484 case bp_breakpoint
:
12485 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12486 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12487 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12489 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12490 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12491 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12492 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12494 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12495 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12498 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12506 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12508 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12509 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12510 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12511 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12512 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12513 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12514 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12515 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12516 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12518 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12519 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12521 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12522 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12524 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12525 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12526 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12527 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12529 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12533 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12534 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12535 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12537 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12541 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12542 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12543 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12544 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12545 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12546 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12548 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12549 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12550 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12551 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12553 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12554 std::move (cond_string
),
12555 std::move (extra_string
),
12557 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12558 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12559 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12562 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12563 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12564 const struct event_location
*location
,
12565 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12567 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12570 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12573 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12577 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12578 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12579 case bp_overlay_event
:
12580 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12581 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12582 case bp_exception_master
:
12583 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12586 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12587 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12588 case bp_shlib_event
:
12590 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12591 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12592 case bp_thread_event
:
12598 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12600 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12602 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12603 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12604 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12605 objects (among other things). */
12606 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12607 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12613 static enum print_stop_action
12614 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12616 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12618 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12622 case bp_shlib_event
:
12623 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12624 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12625 to shlib event" message.) */
12626 print_solib_event (0);
12629 case bp_thread_event
:
12630 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12631 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12632 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12635 case bp_overlay_event
:
12636 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12637 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12640 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12641 /* These should never be enabled. */
12642 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12645 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12646 /* These should never be enabled. */
12647 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12648 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12651 case bp_exception_master
:
12652 /* These should never be enabled. */
12653 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12654 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12658 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12662 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12664 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12667 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12670 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12672 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12673 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12674 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12675 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12679 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12681 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12684 static enum print_stop_action
12685 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12687 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12691 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12693 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12696 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12698 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12699 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12701 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12703 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12706 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12709 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12712 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12714 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12718 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12720 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12727 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12728 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12730 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12731 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12733 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12737 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12738 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12739 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12741 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12743 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12745 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12746 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12749 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12750 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12751 const struct event_location
*location
,
12752 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12754 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12756 error (_("probe not found"));
12760 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12763 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12765 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12769 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12770 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12771 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12773 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12779 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12780 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12782 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12783 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12785 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12787 uiout
->message ("\tmarker id is %pF\n",
12788 string_field ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12789 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ()));
12794 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12796 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12801 case bp_tracepoint
:
12802 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12803 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12805 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12806 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12807 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12809 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12810 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12811 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12814 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12815 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12822 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12824 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12826 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12827 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12828 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12829 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12830 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12831 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12833 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12834 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12836 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12837 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12838 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12840 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12841 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12845 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12846 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12847 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12849 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12853 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12854 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12855 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12856 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12857 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12858 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12860 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12861 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12862 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12863 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12865 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12866 std::move (cond_string
),
12867 std::move (extra_string
),
12869 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12870 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12871 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12874 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12875 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12876 const struct event_location
*location
,
12877 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12879 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12882 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12884 /* Virtual table for tracepoints on static probes. */
12887 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12888 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12889 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12890 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12892 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12893 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12896 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12897 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12898 const struct event_location
*location
,
12899 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12901 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12902 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12905 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12908 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12910 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12912 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12913 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
12915 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12916 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12917 3 - disconnect from target 1
12918 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12920 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12921 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12922 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12923 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12924 it all the time. */
12925 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12926 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
12929 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12932 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12934 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
12935 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
12937 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12940 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
12943 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12944 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12945 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12946 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12947 address are all handled. */
12950 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12952 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
12953 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
12955 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
12956 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
12957 condition not be evaluated. */
12960 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
12961 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
12962 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
12963 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
12964 commands here throws. */
12965 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
12966 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
12968 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
12970 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
12971 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
12975 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12979 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12980 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12981 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12983 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12984 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
12986 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
12987 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
12989 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
12990 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
12991 canonical
->location
12992 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
12995 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12996 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13000 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13001 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13002 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13003 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13004 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13005 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13007 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13008 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13009 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13010 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13012 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
13014 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13015 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13016 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13017 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13018 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13019 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13021 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13023 event_location_up location
13024 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13026 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13027 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13028 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13029 std::move (cond_string
),
13030 std::move (extra_string
),
13031 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13032 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13033 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13034 canonical
->special_display
);
13035 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13036 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13037 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13038 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13039 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13040 corresponds to this one */
13041 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13043 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13047 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13048 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13049 const struct event_location
*location
,
13050 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13052 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13053 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13055 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13056 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13058 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13063 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13066 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13069 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13071 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13074 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13078 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13080 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13082 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13084 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13085 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13088 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13089 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13090 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13091 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13092 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13095 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13096 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13097 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13098 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13100 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13103 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13104 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13105 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13107 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13108 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13110 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13111 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13112 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13113 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13117 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13119 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13120 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13121 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13122 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13123 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13126 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13127 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13128 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13129 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13131 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13133 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13134 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13136 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13137 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13139 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13143 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13145 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13146 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13147 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13148 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13149 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13150 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13151 commands won't work. */
13153 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13155 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13156 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13157 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13158 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13159 might be better design to have location completely
13160 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13161 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13163 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13164 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13165 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13169 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13170 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13173 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13174 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13176 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13181 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13183 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13184 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13186 if (next
== related
)
13188 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13189 function (related
);
13191 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13192 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13197 function (related
);
13201 while (related
!= b
);
13205 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13207 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13213 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13215 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13216 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13217 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13218 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13219 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13221 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13225 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13227 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13229 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13230 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13231 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13235 map_breakpoint_numbers
13236 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
13238 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
13242 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13243 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13247 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13249 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13251 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13252 if ((pspace
== NULL
13253 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13254 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13255 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13260 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13261 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13262 Null names are ignored. */
13265 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13267 struct bp_location
*l
;
13268 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, streq_hash
, NULL
,
13271 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13274 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13276 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13280 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13282 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13286 htab_delete (htab
);
13292 htab_delete (htab
);
13296 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13297 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13298 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13299 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13300 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13301 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13302 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13303 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13306 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13307 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13308 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13309 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13310 in the sources, and output a warning.
13312 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13313 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13314 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13315 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13316 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13319 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13320 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13321 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13322 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13323 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13324 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13325 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13326 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13327 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13329 static struct symtab_and_line
13330 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13332 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13333 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13338 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13340 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13342 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13343 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13344 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13345 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13347 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13352 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13354 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13356 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13357 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13359 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13360 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13361 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13363 if (!markers
.empty ())
13365 struct symbol
*sym
;
13366 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13367 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13368 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13370 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13372 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13374 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13375 "found at previous line number"),
13376 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13378 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13379 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13380 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13383 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
13384 function_name_style
.style ());
13385 uiout
->text (" at ");
13387 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13388 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13389 file_name_style
.style ());
13392 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13394 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13396 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13399 uiout
->field_signed ("line", sal2
.line
);
13400 uiout
->text ("\n");
13402 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13403 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13405 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13406 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13407 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13408 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13409 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13410 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13411 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13413 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13420 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13421 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13424 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13428 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13431 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13434 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13441 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13447 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13448 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13449 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13451 static struct bp_location
*
13452 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13454 struct bp_location head
;
13455 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13456 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13457 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13459 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13470 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13485 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13486 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13487 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13488 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13492 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13493 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13494 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13495 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13497 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13499 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13501 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13503 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13504 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13505 "multiple locations found\n"),
13510 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13511 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13512 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13513 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13514 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13515 individual locations. */
13516 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13519 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13521 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13523 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13525 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13527 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13529 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13531 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13535 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13538 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13539 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13542 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13544 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13545 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13546 b
->number
, e
.what ());
13547 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13551 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13553 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13555 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13559 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13562 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13563 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13564 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13565 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13566 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13567 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13568 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13570 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13572 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13574 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13575 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13577 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13579 /* Ignore software vs hardware location type at
13580 this point, because with "set breakpoint
13581 auto-hw", after a re-set, locations that were
13582 hardware can end up as software, or vice versa.
13583 As mentioned above, this is an heuristic and in
13584 practice should give the correct answer often
13586 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
, true))
13595 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13596 if (l
->function_name
13597 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13607 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13608 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13611 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13612 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13614 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13615 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13616 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13618 struct gdb_exception exception
;
13620 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13622 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13626 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13628 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13630 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13632 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13633 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13634 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13635 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13636 state, then user already saw the message about that
13637 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13639 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13640 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13642 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13643 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13644 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13645 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13646 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13647 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13649 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13651 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13652 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13653 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13654 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13655 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13656 which approach is better. */
13657 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13661 exception
= std::move (e
);
13664 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13666 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13667 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13668 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13670 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13673 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
13674 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
13676 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13678 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13679 b
->thread
= thread
;
13683 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13684 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13686 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13689 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13690 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13700 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13701 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13705 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13707 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13708 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13711 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13712 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13714 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13716 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13718 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13719 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13720 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13722 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13725 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13728 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13729 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13732 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
13733 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13734 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13736 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13739 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13740 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13744 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13745 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13746 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13747 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13748 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13749 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13751 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13752 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13753 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13754 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13756 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13757 std::move (cond_string
),
13758 std::move (extra_string
),
13759 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13760 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13761 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13764 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13765 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13767 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13768 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13769 const struct event_location
*location
,
13770 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13772 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13774 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13775 NULL
, 0, &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13778 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13779 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13781 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13783 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13784 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13789 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13792 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13794 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13795 set_language (b
->language
);
13797 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13800 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13801 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13804 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13806 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13809 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13810 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13811 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13813 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13814 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13815 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13816 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13817 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13818 we select the current frame.
13820 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13821 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13822 have been reset. */
13823 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
13824 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
13826 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13827 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13828 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13829 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13831 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13835 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13837 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
13839 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13840 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13845 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13848 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13849 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13850 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13851 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13853 /* Now we can insert. */
13854 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13857 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13859 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13860 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13862 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13864 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13866 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
13868 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13869 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13870 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13872 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13876 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13877 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13878 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13881 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13883 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13888 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13889 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13891 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13893 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13894 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13899 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13903 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13904 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13906 else if (count
== 1)
13907 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13910 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13911 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13914 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13918 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13921 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13924 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13926 const char *p
= args
;
13930 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13932 num
= get_number (&p
);
13934 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13936 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13938 set_ignore_count (num
,
13939 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13942 printf_filtered ("\n");
13946 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13947 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13950 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
13951 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13953 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
13955 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13956 bp_num_range
.first
);
13960 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
13962 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
13964 bool match
= false;
13966 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
13967 if (b
->number
== i
)
13974 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
13979 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
13983 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
13984 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13986 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
13987 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13989 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
13991 while (!parser
.finished ())
13993 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
13994 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
13998 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
13999 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
14001 static struct bp_location
*
14002 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
14004 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14006 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14007 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14012 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14013 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
14016 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14019 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14020 if (++n
== loc_num
)
14023 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14026 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14027 enum class extract_bp_kind
14029 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14032 /* Extracting a location number. */
14036 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14037 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14038 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14039 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14040 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14043 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
14044 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
14046 const char *end
= start
;
14047 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
14049 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14050 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14051 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14052 int (end
- start
), start
);
14054 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14055 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14056 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14057 int (end
- start
), start
);
14059 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
14064 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14065 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14066 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14067 are always positive integers. */
14069 static std::pair
<int, int>
14070 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14071 const std::string
&arg
,
14072 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14074 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14075 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14076 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14077 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14079 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14080 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14081 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14082 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14083 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14087 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14088 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14089 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14090 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14092 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14093 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14094 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14095 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14096 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14100 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14101 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14102 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14107 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14108 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14111 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14113 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14114 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14115 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14116 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14117 location number range.
14121 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14122 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14123 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14125 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14127 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14129 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14131 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14132 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14135 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14136 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14138 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14143 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14145 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14146 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14147 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14151 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14152 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14155 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14157 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14160 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14162 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14163 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14165 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14166 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14167 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14168 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14170 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14172 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
14175 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14176 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14177 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14178 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14182 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14183 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14186 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14187 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14190 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14191 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14192 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14195 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14197 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14198 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14199 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14200 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14203 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14205 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14206 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14208 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14209 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14211 struct bp_location
*location
;
14213 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14214 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14217 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14219 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14222 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14223 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14224 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14225 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14228 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14232 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14234 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14235 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14238 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14240 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14245 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14247 while (!num
.empty ())
14249 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14251 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14253 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14254 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14256 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14257 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14259 ? enable_breakpoint
14260 : disable_breakpoint
);
14264 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14266 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14267 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14269 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14274 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14275 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14276 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14277 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14280 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14282 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14286 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14289 int target_resources_ok
;
14291 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14294 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14295 target_resources_ok
=
14296 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14298 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14299 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14300 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14301 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14304 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14306 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14307 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14311 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14313 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14314 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14315 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14317 catch (const gdb_exception
&e
)
14319 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14320 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14326 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14328 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14329 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14331 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14332 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14334 struct bp_location
*location
;
14336 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14337 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14340 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14341 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14342 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14344 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14349 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14351 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14354 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14355 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14356 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14357 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14360 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14362 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14366 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14368 map_breakpoint_numbers
14369 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14371 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14372 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14374 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14380 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14385 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14387 count
= get_number (&args
);
14389 map_breakpoint_numbers
14390 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14392 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14393 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14395 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14401 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14403 map_breakpoint_numbers
14404 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14406 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14407 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14409 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14414 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14415 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14419 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14420 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14421 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14423 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14425 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14426 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14427 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14429 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14431 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14433 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14435 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14436 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14437 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14438 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14441 wp
->val_valid
= false;
14447 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14450 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14451 const address_space
*aspace
,
14454 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14455 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14456 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14458 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14460 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14461 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14464 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14466 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14467 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14468 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14470 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14473 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14476 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14478 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14479 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14481 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14483 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14485 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14486 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14488 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14489 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14497 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14500 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14501 const address_space
*aspace
,
14504 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14506 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14508 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14514 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14518 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14521 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14523 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14525 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14526 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14532 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14534 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14536 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14538 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14539 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14543 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14545 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14547 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
14548 (location
.get (), true /* is_tracepoint */);
14550 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14552 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14554 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14555 0 /* Ignore count */,
14556 pending_break_support
,
14560 0 /* internal */, 0);
14564 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14566 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14568 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14570 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14572 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14573 0 /* Ignore count */,
14574 pending_break_support
,
14575 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14578 0 /* internal */, 0);
14581 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14584 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14586 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14587 event_location_up location
;
14589 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14590 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14591 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14593 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14594 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14598 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14599 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14602 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14604 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14606 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14607 0 /* Ignore count */,
14608 pending_break_support
,
14612 0 /* internal */, 0);
14615 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14616 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14618 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14619 static int next_cmd
;
14622 read_uploaded_action (void)
14624 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14626 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14628 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
].get ();
14635 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14636 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14637 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14638 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14639 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14641 struct tracepoint
*
14642 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14644 const char *addr_str
;
14645 char small_buf
[100];
14646 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14648 if (utp
->at_string
)
14649 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
.get ();
14652 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14653 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14654 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14656 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14657 "source location, using raw address"),
14659 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14660 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14663 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14664 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14665 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14666 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14669 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14671 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14673 utp
->cond_string
.get (), -1, addr_str
,
14674 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14676 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14677 0 /* Ignore count */,
14678 pending_break_support
,
14679 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14681 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14683 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14686 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14687 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14688 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14692 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14695 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14698 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14699 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14700 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14702 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14704 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14709 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
14711 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14713 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14714 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14715 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14716 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14719 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14720 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14721 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14726 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14730 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14732 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14735 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_tracepoint
);
14737 if (num_printed
== 0)
14739 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14740 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14742 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14745 default_collect_info ();
14748 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14749 Not supported by all targets. */
14751 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14753 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14756 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14757 Not supported by all targets. */
14759 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14761 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14764 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14766 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14768 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14774 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14776 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14777 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14778 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14780 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14781 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14783 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14787 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14789 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14791 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14792 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14793 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14797 map_breakpoint_numbers
14798 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
14800 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
14804 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14807 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14809 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14810 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14812 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14813 tp
->number
, count
);
14816 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14818 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14819 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14820 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14823 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14825 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14828 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14829 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14830 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14832 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14834 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14835 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14837 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14839 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14841 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14843 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14845 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14846 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14849 else if (*args
== '\0')
14851 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14853 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14857 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14858 while (!parser
.finished ())
14860 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14862 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14867 struct tracepoint
*
14868 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14870 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14872 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14873 if (t
->number
== num
)
14874 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14879 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14880 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14883 struct tracepoint
*
14884 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14886 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14888 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14890 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14892 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14899 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14900 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14901 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14902 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14904 struct tracepoint
*
14905 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14906 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14908 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14910 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14912 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14914 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14915 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14917 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14918 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14920 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14924 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14925 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14928 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14932 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14933 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
14935 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14938 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
14943 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
14945 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14946 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
14949 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
14951 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
14954 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14955 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14956 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14960 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
14961 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
14963 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
14965 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
14967 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
14968 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14970 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14971 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
14973 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14974 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14977 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14978 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14983 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
14985 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
14987 /* We can stop searching. */
14994 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14998 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15002 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15003 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15004 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15006 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15007 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15009 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15011 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15012 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15015 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15016 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15019 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15021 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15022 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15025 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15026 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15028 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15029 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15031 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15033 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15035 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15038 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
15040 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
15042 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15046 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15047 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15050 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15051 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15053 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15054 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15055 special, and not user visible. */
15056 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15058 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15061 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15063 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15067 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15068 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15071 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15074 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15077 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15079 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15082 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15085 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15087 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15090 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15092 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
15093 all_tracepoints (void)
15095 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> tp_vec
;
15096 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15098 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15100 tp_vec
.push_back (tp
);
15107 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15108 locations used by several commands. */
15110 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15111 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15112 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15113 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15114 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15115 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15117 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15118 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15119 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15121 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15122 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15123 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15124 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15125 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15127 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15128 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15129 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15130 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15131 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15132 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
15134 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15135 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15136 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15139 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15140 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15141 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15142 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15143 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15144 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15145 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15148 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15149 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15151 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15152 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15153 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
15154 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15155 conditions are different.\n\
15157 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15159 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15160 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15162 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15163 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15166 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15167 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15168 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15169 void *user_data_catch
,
15170 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15172 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15174 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15176 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15177 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15178 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15180 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15182 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15183 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15184 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15187 struct breakpoint
*
15188 iterate_over_breakpoints (gdb::function_view
<bool (breakpoint
*)> callback
)
15190 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15192 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15201 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15202 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15205 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15207 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15208 non-inline function. */
15209 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15215 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15216 have been inlined. */
15219 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15220 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15222 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15223 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15225 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15227 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15230 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15232 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15233 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15241 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15244 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15246 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15248 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15249 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15250 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15254 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15256 static int initialized
= 0;
15258 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15264 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15265 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15266 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15267 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15268 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15269 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15270 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15271 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15272 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15273 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15274 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15275 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15277 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15278 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15279 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15280 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15281 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15282 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15283 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15284 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15286 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15287 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15288 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15289 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15290 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15291 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15292 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15293 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15294 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15295 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15297 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15298 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15299 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15300 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15301 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15302 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15303 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15305 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15306 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15307 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15308 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15309 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15310 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15311 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15313 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15314 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15315 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15316 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15317 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15318 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15319 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15322 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15323 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15324 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15325 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15326 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15327 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15328 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15329 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15330 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15331 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15332 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15333 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15334 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15336 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15337 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15338 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15339 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15340 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15341 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15342 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15343 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15344 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15345 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15346 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15349 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15350 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15351 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15352 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15353 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15354 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15355 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15356 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15357 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15358 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15360 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15361 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15362 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15363 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15364 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15366 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15367 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15368 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15369 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15370 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15371 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15373 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15374 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15375 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15376 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15377 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15378 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15379 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15380 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15381 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15382 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15384 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15385 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15386 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15387 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15388 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15389 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15390 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15391 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15392 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15393 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15395 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15396 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15397 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15398 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15399 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15400 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15401 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15402 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15403 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15404 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15406 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15407 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15408 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15409 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15410 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15411 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15412 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15413 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15414 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15415 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15416 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15418 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15419 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15420 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15421 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15422 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15423 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15424 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15425 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15426 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15429 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15431 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15433 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15435 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
15437 void _initialize_breakpoint ();
15439 _initialize_breakpoint ()
15441 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15443 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15445 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15446 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15447 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15449 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15450 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15451 before a breakpoint is set. */
15452 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15454 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15456 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15457 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15458 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15460 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
15461 commands_command
, _("\
15462 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15463 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15464 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15466 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15467 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15468 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15469 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15470 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15472 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15473 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15474 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15475 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15476 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15478 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15479 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15480 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15481 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15482 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15484 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15485 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15487 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15488 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15489 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15490 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15492 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15493 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15495 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15496 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15497 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15498 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15500 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15501 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15503 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15504 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15505 Usage: enable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15506 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15507 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15508 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15509 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15510 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15512 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15514 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15515 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15516 Usage: enable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15517 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15518 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15519 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
15520 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15522 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15523 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15524 Usage: enable breakpoints once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15525 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15528 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15529 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15530 Usage: enable breakpoints delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15531 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15534 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15535 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15536 Usage: enable breakpoints count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15537 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15538 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15541 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15542 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15543 Usage: enable delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15544 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15547 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15548 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15549 Usage: enable once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15550 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15553 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15554 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15555 Usage: enable count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15556 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15557 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15560 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15561 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15562 Usage: disable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15563 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15564 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15565 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15566 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15567 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15568 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15570 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15571 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15572 Usage: disable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15573 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15574 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15575 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15576 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15579 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15580 Delete all or some breakpoints.\n\
15581 Usage: delete [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15582 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15583 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15585 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects."),
15586 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15587 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15588 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15590 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15591 Delete all or some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15592 Usage: delete breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15593 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15594 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15595 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15598 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15599 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15600 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15602 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15603 is executing in.\n"
15604 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15605 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15606 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15608 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15609 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15610 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15611 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15613 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15614 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15615 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15616 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15620 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15621 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15622 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15623 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15624 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15625 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15626 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15627 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15628 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15629 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15630 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15631 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15632 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15633 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15634 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15635 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15637 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15638 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15639 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15640 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15641 breakpoint set."));
15644 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15645 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15646 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15647 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15648 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15649 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15650 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15651 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15652 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15654 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15655 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15656 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15657 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15658 breakpoint set."));
15660 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15662 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15663 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15664 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15665 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15666 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15667 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15668 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15669 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15670 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15671 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15672 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15673 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15674 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15676 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15677 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15678 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15679 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15681 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15683 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
15684 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15685 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15686 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15688 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
15689 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15690 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15691 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15693 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15694 catch_fork_command_1
,
15696 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15697 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15698 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15699 catch_fork_command_1
,
15701 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15702 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15703 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15704 catch_exec_command_1
,
15708 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15709 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15710 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15711 catch_load_command_1
,
15715 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15716 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15717 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15718 catch_unload_command_1
,
15723 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
15724 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15725 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15726 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15727 an expression changes.\n\
15728 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15729 the memory to which it refers."));
15730 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15732 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
15733 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15734 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15735 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15736 an expression is read.\n\
15737 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15738 the memory to which it refers."));
15739 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15741 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
15742 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15743 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15744 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15745 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15746 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15747 the memory to which it refers."));
15748 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15750 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15751 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15753 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15754 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15755 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15756 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15757 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15758 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15759 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15760 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15761 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15764 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15765 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15767 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15769 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15771 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15772 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15774 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15775 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15776 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15778 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_breakpoint
, 0);
15779 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15780 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15781 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15783 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15784 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15786 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15787 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15788 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15790 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15791 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15793 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15794 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15795 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15796 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15797 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15798 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15799 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15800 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15801 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15803 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15804 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15805 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15806 conditions are different.\n\
15808 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15809 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15810 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15812 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15813 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15814 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15815 last tracepoint set."));
15817 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15819 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15820 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15821 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15822 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15824 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15826 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15827 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15828 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15829 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15831 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15833 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15834 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15835 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15836 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15838 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15840 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15841 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15842 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15843 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15844 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15846 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
,
15847 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15848 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
15849 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15851 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15852 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15853 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15854 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15855 session to restore them."),
15857 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15859 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15860 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15861 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15863 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15865 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
15866 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15868 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, _("\
15869 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
15870 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15871 pending breakpoint behavior."),
15872 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
15873 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
15874 add_show_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, _("\
15875 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
15876 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15877 pending breakpoint behavior."),
15878 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
15879 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
15881 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15882 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15883 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15884 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15885 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15886 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15887 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15888 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15890 show_pending_break_support
,
15891 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15892 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15894 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15896 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15897 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15898 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15899 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15900 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15901 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15902 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15904 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15905 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15906 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15908 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15909 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15910 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15911 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15912 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15913 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15914 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15915 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15916 when execution stops."),
15918 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15919 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15920 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15922 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15923 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15924 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15925 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15926 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15927 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15928 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15929 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15930 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15931 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15932 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15933 be set to \"gdb\""),
15934 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15935 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15936 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15937 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15939 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
15940 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15941 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15942 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15943 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15944 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15945 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15946 or the start of the range\n\
15947 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15948 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15949 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15951 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15952 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15953 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15955 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
15956 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
15957 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
15958 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
15959 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
15960 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15962 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
15963 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
15964 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15965 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15966 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
15967 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
15968 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
15969 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
15970 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
15971 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
15972 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15973 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15975 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
15976 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
15977 &dprintf_function
, _("\
15978 Set the function to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
15979 Show the function to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
15980 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15981 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15983 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
15984 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
15985 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
15986 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
15987 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
15988 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15989 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15991 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
15992 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
15993 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15994 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15995 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
15996 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
15999 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16001 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16002 Target agent only formatted printing, like the C \"printf\" function.\n\
16003 Usage: agent-printf \"format string\", ARG1, ARG2, ARG3, ..., ARGN\n\
16004 This supports most C printf format specifications, like %s, %d, etc.\n\
16005 This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16007 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= true;
16009 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16010 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);